| 1 | /* Intel 80386/80486-specific support for 32-bit ELF |
| 2 | Copyright (C) 1993-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc. |
| 3 | |
| 4 | This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library. |
| 5 | |
| 6 | This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify |
| 7 | it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by |
| 8 | the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or |
| 9 | (at your option) any later version. |
| 10 | |
| 11 | This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, |
| 12 | but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of |
| 13 | MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the |
| 14 | GNU General Public License for more details. |
| 15 | |
| 16 | You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License |
| 17 | along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software |
| 18 | Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, |
| 19 | MA 02110-1301, USA. */ |
| 20 | |
| 21 | #include "sysdep.h" |
| 22 | #include "bfd.h" |
| 23 | #include "bfdlink.h" |
| 24 | #include "libbfd.h" |
| 25 | #include "elf-bfd.h" |
| 26 | #include "elf-nacl.h" |
| 27 | #include "elf-vxworks.h" |
| 28 | #include "bfd_stdint.h" |
| 29 | #include "objalloc.h" |
| 30 | #include "hashtab.h" |
| 31 | #include "dwarf2.h" |
| 32 | #include "opcode/i386.h" |
| 33 | |
| 34 | /* 386 uses REL relocations instead of RELA. */ |
| 35 | #define USE_REL 1 |
| 36 | |
| 37 | #include "elf/i386.h" |
| 38 | |
| 39 | static reloc_howto_type elf_howto_table[]= |
| 40 | { |
| 41 | HOWTO(R_386_NONE, 0, 3, 0, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_dont, |
| 42 | bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_386_NONE", |
| 43 | TRUE, 0x00000000, 0x00000000, FALSE), |
| 44 | HOWTO(R_386_32, 0, 2, 32, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield, |
| 45 | bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_386_32", |
| 46 | TRUE, 0xffffffff, 0xffffffff, FALSE), |
| 47 | HOWTO(R_386_PC32, 0, 2, 32, TRUE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield, |
| 48 | bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_386_PC32", |
| 49 | TRUE, 0xffffffff, 0xffffffff, TRUE), |
| 50 | HOWTO(R_386_GOT32, 0, 2, 32, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield, |
| 51 | bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_386_GOT32", |
| 52 | TRUE, 0xffffffff, 0xffffffff, FALSE), |
| 53 | HOWTO(R_386_PLT32, 0, 2, 32, TRUE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield, |
| 54 | bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_386_PLT32", |
| 55 | TRUE, 0xffffffff, 0xffffffff, TRUE), |
| 56 | HOWTO(R_386_COPY, 0, 2, 32, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield, |
| 57 | bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_386_COPY", |
| 58 | TRUE, 0xffffffff, 0xffffffff, FALSE), |
| 59 | HOWTO(R_386_GLOB_DAT, 0, 2, 32, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield, |
| 60 | bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_386_GLOB_DAT", |
| 61 | TRUE, 0xffffffff, 0xffffffff, FALSE), |
| 62 | HOWTO(R_386_JUMP_SLOT, 0, 2, 32, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield, |
| 63 | bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_386_JUMP_SLOT", |
| 64 | TRUE, 0xffffffff, 0xffffffff, FALSE), |
| 65 | HOWTO(R_386_RELATIVE, 0, 2, 32, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield, |
| 66 | bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_386_RELATIVE", |
| 67 | TRUE, 0xffffffff, 0xffffffff, FALSE), |
| 68 | HOWTO(R_386_GOTOFF, 0, 2, 32, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield, |
| 69 | bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_386_GOTOFF", |
| 70 | TRUE, 0xffffffff, 0xffffffff, FALSE), |
| 71 | HOWTO(R_386_GOTPC, 0, 2, 32, TRUE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield, |
| 72 | bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_386_GOTPC", |
| 73 | TRUE, 0xffffffff, 0xffffffff, TRUE), |
| 74 | |
| 75 | /* We have a gap in the reloc numbers here. |
| 76 | R_386_standard counts the number up to this point, and |
| 77 | R_386_ext_offset is the value to subtract from a reloc type of |
| 78 | R_386_16 thru R_386_PC8 to form an index into this table. */ |
| 79 | #define R_386_standard (R_386_GOTPC + 1) |
| 80 | #define R_386_ext_offset (R_386_TLS_TPOFF - R_386_standard) |
| 81 | |
| 82 | /* These relocs are a GNU extension. */ |
| 83 | HOWTO(R_386_TLS_TPOFF, 0, 2, 32, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield, |
| 84 | bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_386_TLS_TPOFF", |
| 85 | TRUE, 0xffffffff, 0xffffffff, FALSE), |
| 86 | HOWTO(R_386_TLS_IE, 0, 2, 32, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield, |
| 87 | bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_386_TLS_IE", |
| 88 | TRUE, 0xffffffff, 0xffffffff, FALSE), |
| 89 | HOWTO(R_386_TLS_GOTIE, 0, 2, 32, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield, |
| 90 | bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_386_TLS_GOTIE", |
| 91 | TRUE, 0xffffffff, 0xffffffff, FALSE), |
| 92 | HOWTO(R_386_TLS_LE, 0, 2, 32, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield, |
| 93 | bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_386_TLS_LE", |
| 94 | TRUE, 0xffffffff, 0xffffffff, FALSE), |
| 95 | HOWTO(R_386_TLS_GD, 0, 2, 32, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield, |
| 96 | bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_386_TLS_GD", |
| 97 | TRUE, 0xffffffff, 0xffffffff, FALSE), |
| 98 | HOWTO(R_386_TLS_LDM, 0, 2, 32, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield, |
| 99 | bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_386_TLS_LDM", |
| 100 | TRUE, 0xffffffff, 0xffffffff, FALSE), |
| 101 | HOWTO(R_386_16, 0, 1, 16, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield, |
| 102 | bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_386_16", |
| 103 | TRUE, 0xffff, 0xffff, FALSE), |
| 104 | HOWTO(R_386_PC16, 0, 1, 16, TRUE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield, |
| 105 | bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_386_PC16", |
| 106 | TRUE, 0xffff, 0xffff, TRUE), |
| 107 | HOWTO(R_386_8, 0, 0, 8, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield, |
| 108 | bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_386_8", |
| 109 | TRUE, 0xff, 0xff, FALSE), |
| 110 | HOWTO(R_386_PC8, 0, 0, 8, TRUE, 0, complain_overflow_signed, |
| 111 | bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_386_PC8", |
| 112 | TRUE, 0xff, 0xff, TRUE), |
| 113 | |
| 114 | #define R_386_ext (R_386_PC8 + 1 - R_386_ext_offset) |
| 115 | #define R_386_tls_offset (R_386_TLS_LDO_32 - R_386_ext) |
| 116 | /* These are common with Solaris TLS implementation. */ |
| 117 | HOWTO(R_386_TLS_LDO_32, 0, 2, 32, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield, |
| 118 | bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_386_TLS_LDO_32", |
| 119 | TRUE, 0xffffffff, 0xffffffff, FALSE), |
| 120 | HOWTO(R_386_TLS_IE_32, 0, 2, 32, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield, |
| 121 | bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_386_TLS_IE_32", |
| 122 | TRUE, 0xffffffff, 0xffffffff, FALSE), |
| 123 | HOWTO(R_386_TLS_LE_32, 0, 2, 32, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield, |
| 124 | bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_386_TLS_LE_32", |
| 125 | TRUE, 0xffffffff, 0xffffffff, FALSE), |
| 126 | HOWTO(R_386_TLS_DTPMOD32, 0, 2, 32, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield, |
| 127 | bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_386_TLS_DTPMOD32", |
| 128 | TRUE, 0xffffffff, 0xffffffff, FALSE), |
| 129 | HOWTO(R_386_TLS_DTPOFF32, 0, 2, 32, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield, |
| 130 | bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_386_TLS_DTPOFF32", |
| 131 | TRUE, 0xffffffff, 0xffffffff, FALSE), |
| 132 | HOWTO(R_386_TLS_TPOFF32, 0, 2, 32, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield, |
| 133 | bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_386_TLS_TPOFF32", |
| 134 | TRUE, 0xffffffff, 0xffffffff, FALSE), |
| 135 | HOWTO(R_386_SIZE32, 0, 2, 32, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_unsigned, |
| 136 | bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_386_SIZE32", |
| 137 | TRUE, 0xffffffff, 0xffffffff, FALSE), |
| 138 | HOWTO(R_386_TLS_GOTDESC, 0, 2, 32, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield, |
| 139 | bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_386_TLS_GOTDESC", |
| 140 | TRUE, 0xffffffff, 0xffffffff, FALSE), |
| 141 | HOWTO(R_386_TLS_DESC_CALL, 0, 0, 0, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_dont, |
| 142 | bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_386_TLS_DESC_CALL", |
| 143 | FALSE, 0, 0, FALSE), |
| 144 | HOWTO(R_386_TLS_DESC, 0, 2, 32, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield, |
| 145 | bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_386_TLS_DESC", |
| 146 | TRUE, 0xffffffff, 0xffffffff, FALSE), |
| 147 | HOWTO(R_386_IRELATIVE, 0, 2, 32, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield, |
| 148 | bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_386_IRELATIVE", |
| 149 | TRUE, 0xffffffff, 0xffffffff, FALSE), |
| 150 | HOWTO(R_386_GOT32X, 0, 2, 32, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield, |
| 151 | bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_386_GOT32X", |
| 152 | TRUE, 0xffffffff, 0xffffffff, FALSE), |
| 153 | |
| 154 | /* Another gap. */ |
| 155 | #define R_386_ext2 (R_386_GOT32X + 1 - R_386_tls_offset) |
| 156 | #define R_386_vt_offset (R_386_GNU_VTINHERIT - R_386_ext2) |
| 157 | |
| 158 | /* GNU extension to record C++ vtable hierarchy. */ |
| 159 | HOWTO (R_386_GNU_VTINHERIT, /* type */ |
| 160 | 0, /* rightshift */ |
| 161 | 2, /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */ |
| 162 | 0, /* bitsize */ |
| 163 | FALSE, /* pc_relative */ |
| 164 | 0, /* bitpos */ |
| 165 | complain_overflow_dont, /* complain_on_overflow */ |
| 166 | NULL, /* special_function */ |
| 167 | "R_386_GNU_VTINHERIT", /* name */ |
| 168 | FALSE, /* partial_inplace */ |
| 169 | 0, /* src_mask */ |
| 170 | 0, /* dst_mask */ |
| 171 | FALSE), /* pcrel_offset */ |
| 172 | |
| 173 | /* GNU extension to record C++ vtable member usage. */ |
| 174 | HOWTO (R_386_GNU_VTENTRY, /* type */ |
| 175 | 0, /* rightshift */ |
| 176 | 2, /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */ |
| 177 | 0, /* bitsize */ |
| 178 | FALSE, /* pc_relative */ |
| 179 | 0, /* bitpos */ |
| 180 | complain_overflow_dont, /* complain_on_overflow */ |
| 181 | _bfd_elf_rel_vtable_reloc_fn, /* special_function */ |
| 182 | "R_386_GNU_VTENTRY", /* name */ |
| 183 | FALSE, /* partial_inplace */ |
| 184 | 0, /* src_mask */ |
| 185 | 0, /* dst_mask */ |
| 186 | FALSE) /* pcrel_offset */ |
| 187 | |
| 188 | #define R_386_vt (R_386_GNU_VTENTRY + 1 - R_386_vt_offset) |
| 189 | |
| 190 | }; |
| 191 | |
| 192 | #ifdef DEBUG_GEN_RELOC |
| 193 | #define TRACE(str) \ |
| 194 | fprintf (stderr, "i386 bfd reloc lookup %d (%s)\n", code, str) |
| 195 | #else |
| 196 | #define TRACE(str) |
| 197 | #endif |
| 198 | |
| 199 | static reloc_howto_type * |
| 200 | elf_i386_reloc_type_lookup (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, |
| 201 | bfd_reloc_code_real_type code) |
| 202 | { |
| 203 | switch (code) |
| 204 | { |
| 205 | case BFD_RELOC_NONE: |
| 206 | TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_NONE"); |
| 207 | return &elf_howto_table[R_386_NONE]; |
| 208 | |
| 209 | case BFD_RELOC_32: |
| 210 | TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_32"); |
| 211 | return &elf_howto_table[R_386_32]; |
| 212 | |
| 213 | case BFD_RELOC_CTOR: |
| 214 | TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_CTOR"); |
| 215 | return &elf_howto_table[R_386_32]; |
| 216 | |
| 217 | case BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL: |
| 218 | TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_PC32"); |
| 219 | return &elf_howto_table[R_386_PC32]; |
| 220 | |
| 221 | case BFD_RELOC_386_GOT32: |
| 222 | TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_386_GOT32"); |
| 223 | return &elf_howto_table[R_386_GOT32]; |
| 224 | |
| 225 | case BFD_RELOC_386_PLT32: |
| 226 | TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_386_PLT32"); |
| 227 | return &elf_howto_table[R_386_PLT32]; |
| 228 | |
| 229 | case BFD_RELOC_386_COPY: |
| 230 | TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_386_COPY"); |
| 231 | return &elf_howto_table[R_386_COPY]; |
| 232 | |
| 233 | case BFD_RELOC_386_GLOB_DAT: |
| 234 | TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_386_GLOB_DAT"); |
| 235 | return &elf_howto_table[R_386_GLOB_DAT]; |
| 236 | |
| 237 | case BFD_RELOC_386_JUMP_SLOT: |
| 238 | TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_386_JUMP_SLOT"); |
| 239 | return &elf_howto_table[R_386_JUMP_SLOT]; |
| 240 | |
| 241 | case BFD_RELOC_386_RELATIVE: |
| 242 | TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_386_RELATIVE"); |
| 243 | return &elf_howto_table[R_386_RELATIVE]; |
| 244 | |
| 245 | case BFD_RELOC_386_GOTOFF: |
| 246 | TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_386_GOTOFF"); |
| 247 | return &elf_howto_table[R_386_GOTOFF]; |
| 248 | |
| 249 | case BFD_RELOC_386_GOTPC: |
| 250 | TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_386_GOTPC"); |
| 251 | return &elf_howto_table[R_386_GOTPC]; |
| 252 | |
| 253 | /* These relocs are a GNU extension. */ |
| 254 | case BFD_RELOC_386_TLS_TPOFF: |
| 255 | TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_386_TLS_TPOFF"); |
| 256 | return &elf_howto_table[R_386_TLS_TPOFF - R_386_ext_offset]; |
| 257 | |
| 258 | case BFD_RELOC_386_TLS_IE: |
| 259 | TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_386_TLS_IE"); |
| 260 | return &elf_howto_table[R_386_TLS_IE - R_386_ext_offset]; |
| 261 | |
| 262 | case BFD_RELOC_386_TLS_GOTIE: |
| 263 | TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_386_TLS_GOTIE"); |
| 264 | return &elf_howto_table[R_386_TLS_GOTIE - R_386_ext_offset]; |
| 265 | |
| 266 | case BFD_RELOC_386_TLS_LE: |
| 267 | TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_386_TLS_LE"); |
| 268 | return &elf_howto_table[R_386_TLS_LE - R_386_ext_offset]; |
| 269 | |
| 270 | case BFD_RELOC_386_TLS_GD: |
| 271 | TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_386_TLS_GD"); |
| 272 | return &elf_howto_table[R_386_TLS_GD - R_386_ext_offset]; |
| 273 | |
| 274 | case BFD_RELOC_386_TLS_LDM: |
| 275 | TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_386_TLS_LDM"); |
| 276 | return &elf_howto_table[R_386_TLS_LDM - R_386_ext_offset]; |
| 277 | |
| 278 | case BFD_RELOC_16: |
| 279 | TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_16"); |
| 280 | return &elf_howto_table[R_386_16 - R_386_ext_offset]; |
| 281 | |
| 282 | case BFD_RELOC_16_PCREL: |
| 283 | TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_16_PCREL"); |
| 284 | return &elf_howto_table[R_386_PC16 - R_386_ext_offset]; |
| 285 | |
| 286 | case BFD_RELOC_8: |
| 287 | TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_8"); |
| 288 | return &elf_howto_table[R_386_8 - R_386_ext_offset]; |
| 289 | |
| 290 | case BFD_RELOC_8_PCREL: |
| 291 | TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_8_PCREL"); |
| 292 | return &elf_howto_table[R_386_PC8 - R_386_ext_offset]; |
| 293 | |
| 294 | /* Common with Sun TLS implementation. */ |
| 295 | case BFD_RELOC_386_TLS_LDO_32: |
| 296 | TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_386_TLS_LDO_32"); |
| 297 | return &elf_howto_table[R_386_TLS_LDO_32 - R_386_tls_offset]; |
| 298 | |
| 299 | case BFD_RELOC_386_TLS_IE_32: |
| 300 | TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_386_TLS_IE_32"); |
| 301 | return &elf_howto_table[R_386_TLS_IE_32 - R_386_tls_offset]; |
| 302 | |
| 303 | case BFD_RELOC_386_TLS_LE_32: |
| 304 | TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_386_TLS_LE_32"); |
| 305 | return &elf_howto_table[R_386_TLS_LE_32 - R_386_tls_offset]; |
| 306 | |
| 307 | case BFD_RELOC_386_TLS_DTPMOD32: |
| 308 | TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_386_TLS_DTPMOD32"); |
| 309 | return &elf_howto_table[R_386_TLS_DTPMOD32 - R_386_tls_offset]; |
| 310 | |
| 311 | case BFD_RELOC_386_TLS_DTPOFF32: |
| 312 | TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_386_TLS_DTPOFF32"); |
| 313 | return &elf_howto_table[R_386_TLS_DTPOFF32 - R_386_tls_offset]; |
| 314 | |
| 315 | case BFD_RELOC_386_TLS_TPOFF32: |
| 316 | TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_386_TLS_TPOFF32"); |
| 317 | return &elf_howto_table[R_386_TLS_TPOFF32 - R_386_tls_offset]; |
| 318 | |
| 319 | case BFD_RELOC_SIZE32: |
| 320 | TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_SIZE32"); |
| 321 | return &elf_howto_table[R_386_SIZE32 - R_386_tls_offset]; |
| 322 | |
| 323 | case BFD_RELOC_386_TLS_GOTDESC: |
| 324 | TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_386_TLS_GOTDESC"); |
| 325 | return &elf_howto_table[R_386_TLS_GOTDESC - R_386_tls_offset]; |
| 326 | |
| 327 | case BFD_RELOC_386_TLS_DESC_CALL: |
| 328 | TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_386_TLS_DESC_CALL"); |
| 329 | return &elf_howto_table[R_386_TLS_DESC_CALL - R_386_tls_offset]; |
| 330 | |
| 331 | case BFD_RELOC_386_TLS_DESC: |
| 332 | TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_386_TLS_DESC"); |
| 333 | return &elf_howto_table[R_386_TLS_DESC - R_386_tls_offset]; |
| 334 | |
| 335 | case BFD_RELOC_386_IRELATIVE: |
| 336 | TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_386_IRELATIVE"); |
| 337 | return &elf_howto_table[R_386_IRELATIVE - R_386_tls_offset]; |
| 338 | |
| 339 | case BFD_RELOC_386_GOT32X: |
| 340 | TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_386_GOT32X"); |
| 341 | return &elf_howto_table[R_386_GOT32X - R_386_tls_offset]; |
| 342 | |
| 343 | case BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_INHERIT: |
| 344 | TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_INHERIT"); |
| 345 | return &elf_howto_table[R_386_GNU_VTINHERIT - R_386_vt_offset]; |
| 346 | |
| 347 | case BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY: |
| 348 | TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY"); |
| 349 | return &elf_howto_table[R_386_GNU_VTENTRY - R_386_vt_offset]; |
| 350 | |
| 351 | default: |
| 352 | break; |
| 353 | } |
| 354 | |
| 355 | TRACE ("Unknown"); |
| 356 | return 0; |
| 357 | } |
| 358 | |
| 359 | static reloc_howto_type * |
| 360 | elf_i386_reloc_name_lookup (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, |
| 361 | const char *r_name) |
| 362 | { |
| 363 | unsigned int i; |
| 364 | |
| 365 | for (i = 0; i < sizeof (elf_howto_table) / sizeof (elf_howto_table[0]); i++) |
| 366 | if (elf_howto_table[i].name != NULL |
| 367 | && strcasecmp (elf_howto_table[i].name, r_name) == 0) |
| 368 | return &elf_howto_table[i]; |
| 369 | |
| 370 | return NULL; |
| 371 | } |
| 372 | |
| 373 | static reloc_howto_type * |
| 374 | elf_i386_rtype_to_howto (bfd *abfd, unsigned r_type) |
| 375 | { |
| 376 | unsigned int indx; |
| 377 | |
| 378 | if ((indx = r_type) >= R_386_standard |
| 379 | && ((indx = r_type - R_386_ext_offset) - R_386_standard |
| 380 | >= R_386_ext - R_386_standard) |
| 381 | && ((indx = r_type - R_386_tls_offset) - R_386_ext |
| 382 | >= R_386_ext2 - R_386_ext) |
| 383 | && ((indx = r_type - R_386_vt_offset) - R_386_ext2 |
| 384 | >= R_386_vt - R_386_ext2)) |
| 385 | { |
| 386 | /* xgettext:c-format */ |
| 387 | _bfd_error_handler (_("%B: invalid relocation type %d"), |
| 388 | abfd, (int) r_type); |
| 389 | indx = R_386_NONE; |
| 390 | } |
| 391 | /* PR 17512: file: 0f67f69d. */ |
| 392 | if (elf_howto_table [indx].type != r_type) |
| 393 | return NULL; |
| 394 | return &elf_howto_table[indx]; |
| 395 | } |
| 396 | |
| 397 | static void |
| 398 | elf_i386_info_to_howto_rel (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, |
| 399 | arelent *cache_ptr, |
| 400 | Elf_Internal_Rela *dst) |
| 401 | { |
| 402 | unsigned int r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (dst->r_info); |
| 403 | cache_ptr->howto = elf_i386_rtype_to_howto (abfd, r_type); |
| 404 | } |
| 405 | |
| 406 | /* Return whether a symbol name implies a local label. The UnixWare |
| 407 | 2.1 cc generates temporary symbols that start with .X, so we |
| 408 | recognize them here. FIXME: do other SVR4 compilers also use .X?. |
| 409 | If so, we should move the .X recognition into |
| 410 | _bfd_elf_is_local_label_name. */ |
| 411 | |
| 412 | static bfd_boolean |
| 413 | elf_i386_is_local_label_name (bfd *abfd, const char *name) |
| 414 | { |
| 415 | if (name[0] == '.' && name[1] == 'X') |
| 416 | return TRUE; |
| 417 | |
| 418 | return _bfd_elf_is_local_label_name (abfd, name); |
| 419 | } |
| 420 | \f |
| 421 | /* Support for core dump NOTE sections. */ |
| 422 | |
| 423 | static bfd_boolean |
| 424 | elf_i386_grok_prstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) |
| 425 | { |
| 426 | int offset; |
| 427 | size_t size; |
| 428 | |
| 429 | if (note->namesz == 8 && strcmp (note->namedata, "FreeBSD") == 0) |
| 430 | { |
| 431 | int pr_version = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata); |
| 432 | |
| 433 | if (pr_version != 1) |
| 434 | return FALSE; |
| 435 | |
| 436 | /* pr_cursig */ |
| 437 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core->signal = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 20); |
| 438 | |
| 439 | /* pr_pid */ |
| 440 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core->lwpid = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 24); |
| 441 | |
| 442 | /* pr_reg */ |
| 443 | offset = 28; |
| 444 | size = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 8); |
| 445 | } |
| 446 | else |
| 447 | { |
| 448 | switch (note->descsz) |
| 449 | { |
| 450 | default: |
| 451 | return FALSE; |
| 452 | |
| 453 | case 144: /* Linux/i386 */ |
| 454 | /* pr_cursig */ |
| 455 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core->signal = bfd_get_16 (abfd, note->descdata + 12); |
| 456 | |
| 457 | /* pr_pid */ |
| 458 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core->lwpid = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 24); |
| 459 | |
| 460 | /* pr_reg */ |
| 461 | offset = 72; |
| 462 | size = 68; |
| 463 | |
| 464 | break; |
| 465 | } |
| 466 | } |
| 467 | |
| 468 | /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */ |
| 469 | return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg", |
| 470 | size, note->descpos + offset); |
| 471 | } |
| 472 | |
| 473 | static bfd_boolean |
| 474 | elf_i386_grok_psinfo (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) |
| 475 | { |
| 476 | if (note->namesz == 8 && strcmp (note->namedata, "FreeBSD") == 0) |
| 477 | { |
| 478 | int pr_version = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata); |
| 479 | |
| 480 | if (pr_version != 1) |
| 481 | return FALSE; |
| 482 | |
| 483 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core->program |
| 484 | = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + 8, 17); |
| 485 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core->command |
| 486 | = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + 25, 81); |
| 487 | } |
| 488 | else |
| 489 | { |
| 490 | switch (note->descsz) |
| 491 | { |
| 492 | default: |
| 493 | return FALSE; |
| 494 | |
| 495 | case 124: /* Linux/i386 elf_prpsinfo. */ |
| 496 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core->pid |
| 497 | = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 12); |
| 498 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core->program |
| 499 | = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + 28, 16); |
| 500 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core->command |
| 501 | = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + 44, 80); |
| 502 | } |
| 503 | } |
| 504 | |
| 505 | /* Note that for some reason, a spurious space is tacked |
| 506 | onto the end of the args in some (at least one anyway) |
| 507 | implementations, so strip it off if it exists. */ |
| 508 | { |
| 509 | char *command = elf_tdata (abfd)->core->command; |
| 510 | int n = strlen (command); |
| 511 | |
| 512 | if (0 < n && command[n - 1] == ' ') |
| 513 | command[n - 1] = '\0'; |
| 514 | } |
| 515 | |
| 516 | return TRUE; |
| 517 | } |
| 518 | \f |
| 519 | /* Functions for the i386 ELF linker. |
| 520 | |
| 521 | In order to gain some understanding of code in this file without |
| 522 | knowing all the intricate details of the linker, note the |
| 523 | following: |
| 524 | |
| 525 | Functions named elf_i386_* are called by external routines, other |
| 526 | functions are only called locally. elf_i386_* functions appear |
| 527 | in this file more or less in the order in which they are called |
| 528 | from external routines. eg. elf_i386_check_relocs is called |
| 529 | early in the link process, elf_i386_finish_dynamic_sections is |
| 530 | one of the last functions. */ |
| 531 | |
| 532 | |
| 533 | /* The name of the dynamic interpreter. This is put in the .interp |
| 534 | section. */ |
| 535 | |
| 536 | #define ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER "/usr/lib/libc.so.1" |
| 537 | |
| 538 | /* If ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS is non-zero, the linker will try to avoid |
| 539 | copying dynamic variables from a shared lib into an app's dynbss |
| 540 | section, and instead use a dynamic relocation to point into the |
| 541 | shared lib. */ |
| 542 | #define ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS 1 |
| 543 | |
| 544 | /* The size in bytes of an entry in the procedure linkage table. */ |
| 545 | |
| 546 | #define PLT_ENTRY_SIZE 16 |
| 547 | |
| 548 | /* The first entry in an absolute procedure linkage table looks like |
| 549 | this. See the SVR4 ABI i386 supplement to see how this works. |
| 550 | Will be padded to PLT_ENTRY_SIZE with htab->plt0_pad_byte. */ |
| 551 | |
| 552 | static const bfd_byte elf_i386_plt0_entry[12] = |
| 553 | { |
| 554 | 0xff, 0x35, /* pushl contents of address */ |
| 555 | 0, 0, 0, 0, /* replaced with address of .got + 4. */ |
| 556 | 0xff, 0x25, /* jmp indirect */ |
| 557 | 0, 0, 0, 0 /* replaced with address of .got + 8. */ |
| 558 | }; |
| 559 | |
| 560 | /* Subsequent entries in an absolute procedure linkage table look like |
| 561 | this. */ |
| 562 | |
| 563 | static const bfd_byte elf_i386_plt_entry[PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] = |
| 564 | { |
| 565 | 0xff, 0x25, /* jmp indirect */ |
| 566 | 0, 0, 0, 0, /* replaced with address of this symbol in .got. */ |
| 567 | 0x68, /* pushl immediate */ |
| 568 | 0, 0, 0, 0, /* replaced with offset into relocation table. */ |
| 569 | 0xe9, /* jmp relative */ |
| 570 | 0, 0, 0, 0 /* replaced with offset to start of .plt. */ |
| 571 | }; |
| 572 | |
| 573 | /* The first entry in a PIC procedure linkage table look like this. |
| 574 | Will be padded to PLT_ENTRY_SIZE with htab->plt0_pad_byte. */ |
| 575 | |
| 576 | static const bfd_byte elf_i386_pic_plt0_entry[12] = |
| 577 | { |
| 578 | 0xff, 0xb3, 4, 0, 0, 0, /* pushl 4(%ebx) */ |
| 579 | 0xff, 0xa3, 8, 0, 0, 0 /* jmp *8(%ebx) */ |
| 580 | }; |
| 581 | |
| 582 | /* Subsequent entries in a PIC procedure linkage table look like this. */ |
| 583 | |
| 584 | static const bfd_byte elf_i386_pic_plt_entry[PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] = |
| 585 | { |
| 586 | 0xff, 0xa3, /* jmp *offset(%ebx) */ |
| 587 | 0, 0, 0, 0, /* replaced with offset of this symbol in .got. */ |
| 588 | 0x68, /* pushl immediate */ |
| 589 | 0, 0, 0, 0, /* replaced with offset into relocation table. */ |
| 590 | 0xe9, /* jmp relative */ |
| 591 | 0, 0, 0, 0 /* replaced with offset to start of .plt. */ |
| 592 | }; |
| 593 | |
| 594 | /* Entries in the GOT procedure linkage table look like this. */ |
| 595 | |
| 596 | static const bfd_byte elf_i386_got_plt_entry[8] = |
| 597 | { |
| 598 | 0xff, 0x25, /* jmp indirect */ |
| 599 | 0, 0, 0, 0, /* replaced with offset of this symbol in .got. */ |
| 600 | 0x66, 0x90 /* xchg %ax,%ax */ |
| 601 | }; |
| 602 | |
| 603 | /* Entries in the PIC GOT procedure linkage table look like this. */ |
| 604 | |
| 605 | static const bfd_byte elf_i386_pic_got_plt_entry[8] = |
| 606 | { |
| 607 | 0xff, 0xa3, /* jmp *offset(%ebx) */ |
| 608 | 0, 0, 0, 0, /* replaced with offset of this symbol in .got. */ |
| 609 | 0x66, 0x90 /* xchg %ax,%ax */ |
| 610 | }; |
| 611 | |
| 612 | /* .eh_frame covering the .plt section. */ |
| 613 | |
| 614 | static const bfd_byte elf_i386_eh_frame_plt[] = |
| 615 | { |
| 616 | #define PLT_CIE_LENGTH 20 |
| 617 | #define PLT_FDE_LENGTH 36 |
| 618 | #define PLT_FDE_START_OFFSET 4 + PLT_CIE_LENGTH + 8 |
| 619 | #define PLT_FDE_LEN_OFFSET 4 + PLT_CIE_LENGTH + 12 |
| 620 | PLT_CIE_LENGTH, 0, 0, 0, /* CIE length */ |
| 621 | 0, 0, 0, 0, /* CIE ID */ |
| 622 | 1, /* CIE version */ |
| 623 | 'z', 'R', 0, /* Augmentation string */ |
| 624 | 1, /* Code alignment factor */ |
| 625 | 0x7c, /* Data alignment factor */ |
| 626 | 8, /* Return address column */ |
| 627 | 1, /* Augmentation size */ |
| 628 | DW_EH_PE_pcrel | DW_EH_PE_sdata4, /* FDE encoding */ |
| 629 | DW_CFA_def_cfa, 4, 4, /* DW_CFA_def_cfa: r4 (esp) ofs 4 */ |
| 630 | DW_CFA_offset + 8, 1, /* DW_CFA_offset: r8 (eip) at cfa-4 */ |
| 631 | DW_CFA_nop, DW_CFA_nop, |
| 632 | |
| 633 | PLT_FDE_LENGTH, 0, 0, 0, /* FDE length */ |
| 634 | PLT_CIE_LENGTH + 8, 0, 0, 0, /* CIE pointer */ |
| 635 | 0, 0, 0, 0, /* R_386_PC32 .plt goes here */ |
| 636 | 0, 0, 0, 0, /* .plt size goes here */ |
| 637 | 0, /* Augmentation size */ |
| 638 | DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset, 8, /* DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset: 8 */ |
| 639 | DW_CFA_advance_loc + 6, /* DW_CFA_advance_loc: 6 to __PLT__+6 */ |
| 640 | DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset, 12, /* DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset: 12 */ |
| 641 | DW_CFA_advance_loc + 10, /* DW_CFA_advance_loc: 10 to __PLT__+16 */ |
| 642 | DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression, /* DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression */ |
| 643 | 11, /* Block length */ |
| 644 | DW_OP_breg4, 4, /* DW_OP_breg4 (esp): 4 */ |
| 645 | DW_OP_breg8, 0, /* DW_OP_breg8 (eip): 0 */ |
| 646 | DW_OP_lit15, DW_OP_and, DW_OP_lit11, DW_OP_ge, |
| 647 | DW_OP_lit2, DW_OP_shl, DW_OP_plus, |
| 648 | DW_CFA_nop, DW_CFA_nop, DW_CFA_nop, DW_CFA_nop |
| 649 | }; |
| 650 | |
| 651 | /* .eh_frame covering the .plt.got section. */ |
| 652 | |
| 653 | static const bfd_byte elf_i386_eh_frame_plt_got[] = |
| 654 | { |
| 655 | #define PLT_GOT_FDE_LENGTH 16 |
| 656 | PLT_CIE_LENGTH, 0, 0, 0, /* CIE length */ |
| 657 | 0, 0, 0, 0, /* CIE ID */ |
| 658 | 1, /* CIE version */ |
| 659 | 'z', 'R', 0, /* Augmentation string */ |
| 660 | 1, /* Code alignment factor */ |
| 661 | 0x7c, /* Data alignment factor */ |
| 662 | 8, /* Return address column */ |
| 663 | 1, /* Augmentation size */ |
| 664 | DW_EH_PE_pcrel | DW_EH_PE_sdata4, /* FDE encoding */ |
| 665 | DW_CFA_def_cfa, 4, 4, /* DW_CFA_def_cfa: r4 (esp) ofs 4 */ |
| 666 | DW_CFA_offset + 8, 1, /* DW_CFA_offset: r8 (eip) at cfa-4 */ |
| 667 | DW_CFA_nop, DW_CFA_nop, |
| 668 | |
| 669 | PLT_GOT_FDE_LENGTH, 0, 0, 0, /* FDE length */ |
| 670 | PLT_CIE_LENGTH + 8, 0, 0, 0, /* CIE pointer */ |
| 671 | 0, 0, 0, 0, /* the start of .plt.got goes here */ |
| 672 | 0, 0, 0, 0, /* .plt.got size goes here */ |
| 673 | 0, /* Augmentation size */ |
| 674 | DW_CFA_nop, DW_CFA_nop, DW_CFA_nop |
| 675 | }; |
| 676 | |
| 677 | struct elf_i386_plt_layout |
| 678 | { |
| 679 | /* The first entry in an absolute procedure linkage table looks like this. */ |
| 680 | const bfd_byte *plt0_entry; |
| 681 | unsigned int plt0_entry_size; |
| 682 | |
| 683 | /* Offsets into plt0_entry that are to be replaced with GOT[1] and GOT[2]. */ |
| 684 | unsigned int plt0_got1_offset; |
| 685 | unsigned int plt0_got2_offset; |
| 686 | |
| 687 | /* Later entries in an absolute procedure linkage table look like this. */ |
| 688 | const bfd_byte *plt_entry; |
| 689 | unsigned int plt_entry_size; |
| 690 | |
| 691 | /* Offsets into plt_entry that are to be replaced with... */ |
| 692 | unsigned int plt_got_offset; /* ... address of this symbol in .got. */ |
| 693 | unsigned int plt_reloc_offset; /* ... offset into relocation table. */ |
| 694 | unsigned int plt_plt_offset; /* ... offset to start of .plt. */ |
| 695 | |
| 696 | /* Offset into plt_entry where the initial value of the GOT entry points. */ |
| 697 | unsigned int plt_lazy_offset; |
| 698 | |
| 699 | /* The first entry in a PIC procedure linkage table looks like this. */ |
| 700 | const bfd_byte *pic_plt0_entry; |
| 701 | |
| 702 | /* Subsequent entries in a PIC procedure linkage table look like this. */ |
| 703 | const bfd_byte *pic_plt_entry; |
| 704 | |
| 705 | /* .eh_frame covering the .plt section. */ |
| 706 | const bfd_byte *eh_frame_plt; |
| 707 | unsigned int eh_frame_plt_size; |
| 708 | |
| 709 | /* .eh_frame covering the .plt.got section. */ |
| 710 | const bfd_byte *eh_frame_plt_got; |
| 711 | unsigned int eh_frame_plt_got_size; |
| 712 | }; |
| 713 | |
| 714 | #define GET_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE(abfd) \ |
| 715 | get_elf_i386_backend_data (abfd)->plt->plt_entry_size |
| 716 | |
| 717 | /* These are the standard parameters. */ |
| 718 | static const struct elf_i386_plt_layout elf_i386_plt = |
| 719 | { |
| 720 | elf_i386_plt0_entry, /* plt0_entry */ |
| 721 | sizeof (elf_i386_plt0_entry), /* plt0_entry_size */ |
| 722 | 2, /* plt0_got1_offset */ |
| 723 | 8, /* plt0_got2_offset */ |
| 724 | elf_i386_plt_entry, /* plt_entry */ |
| 725 | PLT_ENTRY_SIZE, /* plt_entry_size */ |
| 726 | 2, /* plt_got_offset */ |
| 727 | 7, /* plt_reloc_offset */ |
| 728 | 12, /* plt_plt_offset */ |
| 729 | 6, /* plt_lazy_offset */ |
| 730 | elf_i386_pic_plt0_entry, /* pic_plt0_entry */ |
| 731 | elf_i386_pic_plt_entry, /* pic_plt_entry */ |
| 732 | elf_i386_eh_frame_plt, /* eh_frame_plt */ |
| 733 | sizeof (elf_i386_eh_frame_plt), /* eh_frame_plt_size */ |
| 734 | elf_i386_eh_frame_plt_got, /* eh_frame_plt_got */ |
| 735 | sizeof (elf_i386_eh_frame_plt_got), /* eh_frame_plt_got_size */ |
| 736 | }; |
| 737 | \f |
| 738 | |
| 739 | /* On VxWorks, the .rel.plt.unloaded section has absolute relocations |
| 740 | for the PLTResolve stub and then for each PLT entry. */ |
| 741 | #define PLTRESOLVE_RELOCS_SHLIB 0 |
| 742 | #define PLTRESOLVE_RELOCS 2 |
| 743 | #define PLT_NON_JUMP_SLOT_RELOCS 2 |
| 744 | |
| 745 | /* Architecture-specific backend data for i386. */ |
| 746 | |
| 747 | struct elf_i386_backend_data |
| 748 | { |
| 749 | /* Parameters describing PLT generation. */ |
| 750 | const struct elf_i386_plt_layout *plt; |
| 751 | |
| 752 | /* Value used to fill the unused bytes of the first PLT entry. */ |
| 753 | bfd_byte plt0_pad_byte; |
| 754 | |
| 755 | /* True if the target system is VxWorks. */ |
| 756 | int is_vxworks; |
| 757 | }; |
| 758 | |
| 759 | #define get_elf_i386_backend_data(abfd) \ |
| 760 | ((const struct elf_i386_backend_data *) \ |
| 761 | get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->arch_data) |
| 762 | |
| 763 | /* These are the standard parameters. */ |
| 764 | static const struct elf_i386_backend_data elf_i386_arch_bed = |
| 765 | { |
| 766 | &elf_i386_plt, /* plt */ |
| 767 | 0, /* plt0_pad_byte */ |
| 768 | 0, /* is_vxworks */ |
| 769 | }; |
| 770 | |
| 771 | #define elf_backend_arch_data &elf_i386_arch_bed |
| 772 | |
| 773 | /* Is a undefined weak symbol which is resolved to 0. Reference to an |
| 774 | undefined weak symbol is resolved to 0 when building executable if |
| 775 | it isn't dynamic and |
| 776 | 1. Has non-GOT/non-PLT relocations in text section. Or |
| 777 | 2. Has no GOT/PLT relocation. |
| 778 | */ |
| 779 | #define UNDEFINED_WEAK_RESOLVED_TO_ZERO(INFO, GOT_RELOC, EH) \ |
| 780 | ((EH)->elf.root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak \ |
| 781 | && bfd_link_executable (INFO) \ |
| 782 | && (elf_i386_hash_table (INFO)->interp == NULL \ |
| 783 | || !(GOT_RELOC) \ |
| 784 | || (EH)->has_non_got_reloc \ |
| 785 | || !(INFO)->dynamic_undefined_weak)) |
| 786 | |
| 787 | /* i386 ELF linker hash entry. */ |
| 788 | |
| 789 | struct elf_i386_link_hash_entry |
| 790 | { |
| 791 | struct elf_link_hash_entry elf; |
| 792 | |
| 793 | /* Track dynamic relocs copied for this symbol. */ |
| 794 | struct elf_dyn_relocs *dyn_relocs; |
| 795 | |
| 796 | #define GOT_UNKNOWN 0 |
| 797 | #define GOT_NORMAL 1 |
| 798 | #define GOT_TLS_GD 2 |
| 799 | #define GOT_TLS_IE 4 |
| 800 | #define GOT_TLS_IE_POS 5 |
| 801 | #define GOT_TLS_IE_NEG 6 |
| 802 | #define GOT_TLS_IE_BOTH 7 |
| 803 | #define GOT_TLS_GDESC 8 |
| 804 | #define GOT_TLS_GD_BOTH_P(type) \ |
| 805 | ((type) == (GOT_TLS_GD | GOT_TLS_GDESC)) |
| 806 | #define GOT_TLS_GD_P(type) \ |
| 807 | ((type) == GOT_TLS_GD || GOT_TLS_GD_BOTH_P (type)) |
| 808 | #define GOT_TLS_GDESC_P(type) \ |
| 809 | ((type) == GOT_TLS_GDESC || GOT_TLS_GD_BOTH_P (type)) |
| 810 | #define GOT_TLS_GD_ANY_P(type) \ |
| 811 | (GOT_TLS_GD_P (type) || GOT_TLS_GDESC_P (type)) |
| 812 | unsigned char tls_type; |
| 813 | |
| 814 | /* Symbol is referenced by R_386_GOTOFF relocation. */ |
| 815 | unsigned int gotoff_ref : 1; |
| 816 | |
| 817 | /* Symbol has GOT or PLT relocations. */ |
| 818 | unsigned int has_got_reloc : 1; |
| 819 | |
| 820 | /* Symbol has non-GOT/non-PLT relocations in text sections. */ |
| 821 | unsigned int has_non_got_reloc : 1; |
| 822 | |
| 823 | /* Don't call finish_dynamic_symbol on this symbol. */ |
| 824 | unsigned int no_finish_dynamic_symbol : 1; |
| 825 | |
| 826 | /* 0: symbol isn't ___tls_get_addr. |
| 827 | 1: symbol is ___tls_get_addr. |
| 828 | 2: symbol is unknown. */ |
| 829 | unsigned int tls_get_addr : 2; |
| 830 | |
| 831 | /* Reference count of C/C++ function pointer relocations in read-write |
| 832 | section which can be resolved at run-time. */ |
| 833 | bfd_signed_vma func_pointer_refcount; |
| 834 | |
| 835 | /* Information about the GOT PLT entry. Filled when there are both |
| 836 | GOT and PLT relocations against the same function. */ |
| 837 | union gotplt_union plt_got; |
| 838 | |
| 839 | /* Offset of the GOTPLT entry reserved for the TLS descriptor, |
| 840 | starting at the end of the jump table. */ |
| 841 | bfd_vma tlsdesc_got; |
| 842 | }; |
| 843 | |
| 844 | #define elf_i386_hash_entry(ent) ((struct elf_i386_link_hash_entry *)(ent)) |
| 845 | |
| 846 | struct elf_i386_obj_tdata |
| 847 | { |
| 848 | struct elf_obj_tdata root; |
| 849 | |
| 850 | /* tls_type for each local got entry. */ |
| 851 | char *local_got_tls_type; |
| 852 | |
| 853 | /* GOTPLT entries for TLS descriptors. */ |
| 854 | bfd_vma *local_tlsdesc_gotent; |
| 855 | }; |
| 856 | |
| 857 | #define elf_i386_tdata(abfd) \ |
| 858 | ((struct elf_i386_obj_tdata *) (abfd)->tdata.any) |
| 859 | |
| 860 | #define elf_i386_local_got_tls_type(abfd) \ |
| 861 | (elf_i386_tdata (abfd)->local_got_tls_type) |
| 862 | |
| 863 | #define elf_i386_local_tlsdesc_gotent(abfd) \ |
| 864 | (elf_i386_tdata (abfd)->local_tlsdesc_gotent) |
| 865 | |
| 866 | #define is_i386_elf(bfd) \ |
| 867 | (bfd_get_flavour (bfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour \ |
| 868 | && elf_tdata (bfd) != NULL \ |
| 869 | && elf_object_id (bfd) == I386_ELF_DATA) |
| 870 | |
| 871 | static bfd_boolean |
| 872 | elf_i386_mkobject (bfd *abfd) |
| 873 | { |
| 874 | return bfd_elf_allocate_object (abfd, sizeof (struct elf_i386_obj_tdata), |
| 875 | I386_ELF_DATA); |
| 876 | } |
| 877 | |
| 878 | /* i386 ELF linker hash table. */ |
| 879 | |
| 880 | struct elf_i386_link_hash_table |
| 881 | { |
| 882 | struct elf_link_hash_table elf; |
| 883 | |
| 884 | /* Short-cuts to get to dynamic linker sections. */ |
| 885 | asection *interp; |
| 886 | asection *plt_eh_frame; |
| 887 | asection *plt_got; |
| 888 | asection *plt_got_eh_frame; |
| 889 | |
| 890 | union |
| 891 | { |
| 892 | bfd_signed_vma refcount; |
| 893 | bfd_vma offset; |
| 894 | } tls_ldm_got; |
| 895 | |
| 896 | /* The amount of space used by the reserved portion of the sgotplt |
| 897 | section, plus whatever space is used by the jump slots. */ |
| 898 | bfd_vma sgotplt_jump_table_size; |
| 899 | |
| 900 | /* Small local sym cache. */ |
| 901 | struct sym_cache sym_cache; |
| 902 | |
| 903 | /* _TLS_MODULE_BASE_ symbol. */ |
| 904 | struct bfd_link_hash_entry *tls_module_base; |
| 905 | |
| 906 | /* Used by local STT_GNU_IFUNC symbols. */ |
| 907 | htab_t loc_hash_table; |
| 908 | void * loc_hash_memory; |
| 909 | |
| 910 | /* The (unloaded but important) .rel.plt.unloaded section on VxWorks. */ |
| 911 | asection *srelplt2; |
| 912 | |
| 913 | /* The index of the next unused R_386_TLS_DESC slot in .rel.plt. */ |
| 914 | bfd_vma next_tls_desc_index; |
| 915 | |
| 916 | /* The index of the next unused R_386_JUMP_SLOT slot in .rel.plt. */ |
| 917 | bfd_vma next_jump_slot_index; |
| 918 | |
| 919 | /* The index of the next unused R_386_IRELATIVE slot in .rel.plt. */ |
| 920 | bfd_vma next_irelative_index; |
| 921 | |
| 922 | /* TRUE if there are dynamic relocs against IFUNC symbols that apply |
| 923 | to read-only sections. */ |
| 924 | bfd_boolean readonly_dynrelocs_against_ifunc; |
| 925 | }; |
| 926 | |
| 927 | /* Get the i386 ELF linker hash table from a link_info structure. */ |
| 928 | |
| 929 | #define elf_i386_hash_table(p) \ |
| 930 | (elf_hash_table_id ((struct elf_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash)) \ |
| 931 | == I386_ELF_DATA ? ((struct elf_i386_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash)) : NULL) |
| 932 | |
| 933 | #define elf_i386_compute_jump_table_size(htab) \ |
| 934 | ((htab)->elf.srelplt->reloc_count * 4) |
| 935 | |
| 936 | /* Create an entry in an i386 ELF linker hash table. */ |
| 937 | |
| 938 | static struct bfd_hash_entry * |
| 939 | elf_i386_link_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry *entry, |
| 940 | struct bfd_hash_table *table, |
| 941 | const char *string) |
| 942 | { |
| 943 | /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a |
| 944 | subclass. */ |
| 945 | if (entry == NULL) |
| 946 | { |
| 947 | entry = (struct bfd_hash_entry *) |
| 948 | bfd_hash_allocate (table, sizeof (struct elf_i386_link_hash_entry)); |
| 949 | if (entry == NULL) |
| 950 | return entry; |
| 951 | } |
| 952 | |
| 953 | /* Call the allocation method of the superclass. */ |
| 954 | entry = _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc (entry, table, string); |
| 955 | if (entry != NULL) |
| 956 | { |
| 957 | struct elf_i386_link_hash_entry *eh; |
| 958 | |
| 959 | eh = (struct elf_i386_link_hash_entry *) entry; |
| 960 | eh->dyn_relocs = NULL; |
| 961 | eh->tls_type = GOT_UNKNOWN; |
| 962 | eh->gotoff_ref = 0; |
| 963 | eh->has_got_reloc = 0; |
| 964 | eh->has_non_got_reloc = 0; |
| 965 | eh->no_finish_dynamic_symbol = 0; |
| 966 | eh->tls_get_addr = 2; |
| 967 | eh->func_pointer_refcount = 0; |
| 968 | eh->plt_got.offset = (bfd_vma) -1; |
| 969 | eh->tlsdesc_got = (bfd_vma) -1; |
| 970 | } |
| 971 | |
| 972 | return entry; |
| 973 | } |
| 974 | |
| 975 | /* Compute a hash of a local hash entry. We use elf_link_hash_entry |
| 976 | for local symbol so that we can handle local STT_GNU_IFUNC symbols |
| 977 | as global symbol. We reuse indx and dynstr_index for local symbol |
| 978 | hash since they aren't used by global symbols in this backend. */ |
| 979 | |
| 980 | static hashval_t |
| 981 | elf_i386_local_htab_hash (const void *ptr) |
| 982 | { |
| 983 | struct elf_link_hash_entry *h |
| 984 | = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) ptr; |
| 985 | return ELF_LOCAL_SYMBOL_HASH (h->indx, h->dynstr_index); |
| 986 | } |
| 987 | |
| 988 | /* Compare local hash entries. */ |
| 989 | |
| 990 | static int |
| 991 | elf_i386_local_htab_eq (const void *ptr1, const void *ptr2) |
| 992 | { |
| 993 | struct elf_link_hash_entry *h1 |
| 994 | = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) ptr1; |
| 995 | struct elf_link_hash_entry *h2 |
| 996 | = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) ptr2; |
| 997 | |
| 998 | return h1->indx == h2->indx && h1->dynstr_index == h2->dynstr_index; |
| 999 | } |
| 1000 | |
| 1001 | /* Find and/or create a hash entry for local symbol. */ |
| 1002 | |
| 1003 | static struct elf_link_hash_entry * |
| 1004 | elf_i386_get_local_sym_hash (struct elf_i386_link_hash_table *htab, |
| 1005 | bfd *abfd, const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel, |
| 1006 | bfd_boolean create) |
| 1007 | { |
| 1008 | struct elf_i386_link_hash_entry e, *ret; |
| 1009 | asection *sec = abfd->sections; |
| 1010 | hashval_t h = ELF_LOCAL_SYMBOL_HASH (sec->id, |
| 1011 | ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info)); |
| 1012 | void **slot; |
| 1013 | |
| 1014 | e.elf.indx = sec->id; |
| 1015 | e.elf.dynstr_index = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info); |
| 1016 | slot = htab_find_slot_with_hash (htab->loc_hash_table, &e, h, |
| 1017 | create ? INSERT : NO_INSERT); |
| 1018 | |
| 1019 | if (!slot) |
| 1020 | return NULL; |
| 1021 | |
| 1022 | if (*slot) |
| 1023 | { |
| 1024 | ret = (struct elf_i386_link_hash_entry *) *slot; |
| 1025 | return &ret->elf; |
| 1026 | } |
| 1027 | |
| 1028 | ret = (struct elf_i386_link_hash_entry *) |
| 1029 | objalloc_alloc ((struct objalloc *) htab->loc_hash_memory, |
| 1030 | sizeof (struct elf_i386_link_hash_entry)); |
| 1031 | if (ret) |
| 1032 | { |
| 1033 | memset (ret, 0, sizeof (*ret)); |
| 1034 | ret->elf.indx = sec->id; |
| 1035 | ret->elf.dynstr_index = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info); |
| 1036 | ret->elf.dynindx = -1; |
| 1037 | ret->func_pointer_refcount = 0; |
| 1038 | ret->plt_got.offset = (bfd_vma) -1; |
| 1039 | *slot = ret; |
| 1040 | } |
| 1041 | return &ret->elf; |
| 1042 | } |
| 1043 | |
| 1044 | /* Destroy an i386 ELF linker hash table. */ |
| 1045 | |
| 1046 | static void |
| 1047 | elf_i386_link_hash_table_free (bfd *obfd) |
| 1048 | { |
| 1049 | struct elf_i386_link_hash_table *htab |
| 1050 | = (struct elf_i386_link_hash_table *) obfd->link.hash; |
| 1051 | |
| 1052 | if (htab->loc_hash_table) |
| 1053 | htab_delete (htab->loc_hash_table); |
| 1054 | if (htab->loc_hash_memory) |
| 1055 | objalloc_free ((struct objalloc *) htab->loc_hash_memory); |
| 1056 | _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_free (obfd); |
| 1057 | } |
| 1058 | |
| 1059 | /* Create an i386 ELF linker hash table. */ |
| 1060 | |
| 1061 | static struct bfd_link_hash_table * |
| 1062 | elf_i386_link_hash_table_create (bfd *abfd) |
| 1063 | { |
| 1064 | struct elf_i386_link_hash_table *ret; |
| 1065 | bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (struct elf_i386_link_hash_table); |
| 1066 | |
| 1067 | ret = (struct elf_i386_link_hash_table *) bfd_zmalloc (amt); |
| 1068 | if (ret == NULL) |
| 1069 | return NULL; |
| 1070 | |
| 1071 | if (!_bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (&ret->elf, abfd, |
| 1072 | elf_i386_link_hash_newfunc, |
| 1073 | sizeof (struct elf_i386_link_hash_entry), |
| 1074 | I386_ELF_DATA)) |
| 1075 | { |
| 1076 | free (ret); |
| 1077 | return NULL; |
| 1078 | } |
| 1079 | |
| 1080 | ret->loc_hash_table = htab_try_create (1024, |
| 1081 | elf_i386_local_htab_hash, |
| 1082 | elf_i386_local_htab_eq, |
| 1083 | NULL); |
| 1084 | ret->loc_hash_memory = objalloc_create (); |
| 1085 | if (!ret->loc_hash_table || !ret->loc_hash_memory) |
| 1086 | { |
| 1087 | elf_i386_link_hash_table_free (abfd); |
| 1088 | return NULL; |
| 1089 | } |
| 1090 | ret->elf.root.hash_table_free = elf_i386_link_hash_table_free; |
| 1091 | |
| 1092 | return &ret->elf.root; |
| 1093 | } |
| 1094 | |
| 1095 | /* Create .plt, .rel.plt, .got, .got.plt, .rel.got, .dynbss, and |
| 1096 | .rel.bss sections in DYNOBJ, and set up shortcuts to them in our |
| 1097 | hash table. */ |
| 1098 | |
| 1099 | static bfd_boolean |
| 1100 | elf_i386_create_dynamic_sections (bfd *dynobj, struct bfd_link_info *info) |
| 1101 | { |
| 1102 | struct elf_i386_link_hash_table *htab; |
| 1103 | |
| 1104 | if (!_bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections (dynobj, info)) |
| 1105 | return FALSE; |
| 1106 | |
| 1107 | htab = elf_i386_hash_table (info); |
| 1108 | if (htab == NULL) |
| 1109 | return FALSE; |
| 1110 | |
| 1111 | /* Set the contents of the .interp section to the interpreter. */ |
| 1112 | if (bfd_link_executable (info) && !info->nointerp) |
| 1113 | { |
| 1114 | asection *s = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".interp"); |
| 1115 | if (s == NULL) |
| 1116 | abort (); |
| 1117 | s->size = sizeof ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER; |
| 1118 | s->contents = (unsigned char *) ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER; |
| 1119 | htab->interp = s; |
| 1120 | } |
| 1121 | |
| 1122 | if (get_elf_i386_backend_data (dynobj)->is_vxworks |
| 1123 | && !elf_vxworks_create_dynamic_sections (dynobj, info, |
| 1124 | &htab->srelplt2)) |
| 1125 | return FALSE; |
| 1126 | |
| 1127 | if (htab->elf.splt != NULL) |
| 1128 | { |
| 1129 | if (htab->plt_got == NULL |
| 1130 | && !get_elf_i386_backend_data (dynobj)->is_vxworks |
| 1131 | && get_elf_i386_backend_data (dynobj) == &elf_i386_arch_bed) |
| 1132 | { |
| 1133 | /* Create the GOT procedure linkage table. */ |
| 1134 | unsigned int plt_got_align; |
| 1135 | const struct elf_backend_data *bed; |
| 1136 | |
| 1137 | bed = get_elf_backend_data (dynobj); |
| 1138 | BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (elf_i386_got_plt_entry) == 8 |
| 1139 | && (sizeof (elf_i386_got_plt_entry) |
| 1140 | == sizeof (elf_i386_pic_got_plt_entry))); |
| 1141 | plt_got_align = 3; |
| 1142 | |
| 1143 | htab->plt_got |
| 1144 | = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj, |
| 1145 | ".plt.got", |
| 1146 | (bed->dynamic_sec_flags |
| 1147 | | SEC_ALLOC |
| 1148 | | SEC_CODE |
| 1149 | | SEC_LOAD |
| 1150 | | SEC_READONLY)); |
| 1151 | if (htab->plt_got == NULL |
| 1152 | || !bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj, |
| 1153 | htab->plt_got, |
| 1154 | plt_got_align)) |
| 1155 | return FALSE; |
| 1156 | } |
| 1157 | |
| 1158 | if (!info->no_ld_generated_unwind_info) |
| 1159 | { |
| 1160 | flagword flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY |
| 1161 | | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_IN_MEMORY |
| 1162 | | SEC_LINKER_CREATED); |
| 1163 | |
| 1164 | if (htab->plt_eh_frame == NULL) |
| 1165 | { |
| 1166 | htab->plt_eh_frame |
| 1167 | = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj, |
| 1168 | ".eh_frame", |
| 1169 | flags); |
| 1170 | if (htab->plt_eh_frame == NULL |
| 1171 | || !bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj, |
| 1172 | htab->plt_eh_frame, |
| 1173 | 2)) |
| 1174 | return FALSE; |
| 1175 | } |
| 1176 | |
| 1177 | if (htab->plt_got_eh_frame == NULL |
| 1178 | && htab->plt_got != NULL) |
| 1179 | { |
| 1180 | htab->plt_got_eh_frame |
| 1181 | = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj, |
| 1182 | ".eh_frame", |
| 1183 | flags); |
| 1184 | if (htab->plt_got_eh_frame == NULL |
| 1185 | || !bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj, |
| 1186 | htab->plt_got_eh_frame, |
| 1187 | 2)) |
| 1188 | return FALSE; |
| 1189 | } |
| 1190 | } |
| 1191 | } |
| 1192 | |
| 1193 | return TRUE; |
| 1194 | } |
| 1195 | |
| 1196 | /* Copy the extra info we tack onto an elf_link_hash_entry. */ |
| 1197 | |
| 1198 | static void |
| 1199 | elf_i386_copy_indirect_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info, |
| 1200 | struct elf_link_hash_entry *dir, |
| 1201 | struct elf_link_hash_entry *ind) |
| 1202 | { |
| 1203 | struct elf_i386_link_hash_entry *edir, *eind; |
| 1204 | |
| 1205 | edir = (struct elf_i386_link_hash_entry *) dir; |
| 1206 | eind = (struct elf_i386_link_hash_entry *) ind; |
| 1207 | |
| 1208 | if (eind->dyn_relocs != NULL) |
| 1209 | { |
| 1210 | if (edir->dyn_relocs != NULL) |
| 1211 | { |
| 1212 | struct elf_dyn_relocs **pp; |
| 1213 | struct elf_dyn_relocs *p; |
| 1214 | |
| 1215 | /* Add reloc counts against the indirect sym to the direct sym |
| 1216 | list. Merge any entries against the same section. */ |
| 1217 | for (pp = &eind->dyn_relocs; (p = *pp) != NULL; ) |
| 1218 | { |
| 1219 | struct elf_dyn_relocs *q; |
| 1220 | |
| 1221 | for (q = edir->dyn_relocs; q != NULL; q = q->next) |
| 1222 | if (q->sec == p->sec) |
| 1223 | { |
| 1224 | q->pc_count += p->pc_count; |
| 1225 | q->count += p->count; |
| 1226 | *pp = p->next; |
| 1227 | break; |
| 1228 | } |
| 1229 | if (q == NULL) |
| 1230 | pp = &p->next; |
| 1231 | } |
| 1232 | *pp = edir->dyn_relocs; |
| 1233 | } |
| 1234 | |
| 1235 | edir->dyn_relocs = eind->dyn_relocs; |
| 1236 | eind->dyn_relocs = NULL; |
| 1237 | } |
| 1238 | |
| 1239 | if (ind->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect |
| 1240 | && dir->got.refcount <= 0) |
| 1241 | { |
| 1242 | edir->tls_type = eind->tls_type; |
| 1243 | eind->tls_type = GOT_UNKNOWN; |
| 1244 | } |
| 1245 | |
| 1246 | /* Copy gotoff_ref so that elf_i386_adjust_dynamic_symbol will |
| 1247 | generate a R_386_COPY reloc. */ |
| 1248 | edir->gotoff_ref |= eind->gotoff_ref; |
| 1249 | |
| 1250 | edir->has_got_reloc |= eind->has_got_reloc; |
| 1251 | edir->has_non_got_reloc |= eind->has_non_got_reloc; |
| 1252 | |
| 1253 | if (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS |
| 1254 | && ind->root.type != bfd_link_hash_indirect |
| 1255 | && dir->dynamic_adjusted) |
| 1256 | { |
| 1257 | /* If called to transfer flags for a weakdef during processing |
| 1258 | of elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol, don't copy non_got_ref. |
| 1259 | We clear it ourselves for ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS. */ |
| 1260 | if (dir->versioned != versioned_hidden) |
| 1261 | dir->ref_dynamic |= ind->ref_dynamic; |
| 1262 | dir->ref_regular |= ind->ref_regular; |
| 1263 | dir->ref_regular_nonweak |= ind->ref_regular_nonweak; |
| 1264 | dir->needs_plt |= ind->needs_plt; |
| 1265 | dir->pointer_equality_needed |= ind->pointer_equality_needed; |
| 1266 | } |
| 1267 | else |
| 1268 | { |
| 1269 | if (eind->func_pointer_refcount > 0) |
| 1270 | { |
| 1271 | edir->func_pointer_refcount += eind->func_pointer_refcount; |
| 1272 | eind->func_pointer_refcount = 0; |
| 1273 | } |
| 1274 | |
| 1275 | _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect (info, dir, ind); |
| 1276 | } |
| 1277 | } |
| 1278 | |
| 1279 | /* Return TRUE if the TLS access code sequence support transition |
| 1280 | from R_TYPE. */ |
| 1281 | |
| 1282 | static bfd_boolean |
| 1283 | elf_i386_check_tls_transition (asection *sec, |
| 1284 | bfd_byte *contents, |
| 1285 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr, |
| 1286 | struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes, |
| 1287 | unsigned int r_type, |
| 1288 | const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel, |
| 1289 | const Elf_Internal_Rela *relend) |
| 1290 | { |
| 1291 | unsigned int val, type, reg; |
| 1292 | unsigned long r_symndx; |
| 1293 | struct elf_link_hash_entry *h; |
| 1294 | bfd_vma offset; |
| 1295 | bfd_byte *call; |
| 1296 | bfd_boolean indirect_call, tls_get_addr; |
| 1297 | |
| 1298 | offset = rel->r_offset; |
| 1299 | switch (r_type) |
| 1300 | { |
| 1301 | case R_386_TLS_GD: |
| 1302 | case R_386_TLS_LDM: |
| 1303 | if (offset < 2 || (rel + 1) >= relend) |
| 1304 | return FALSE; |
| 1305 | |
| 1306 | indirect_call = FALSE; |
| 1307 | call = contents + offset + 4; |
| 1308 | val = *(call - 5); |
| 1309 | type = *(call - 6); |
| 1310 | if (r_type == R_386_TLS_GD) |
| 1311 | { |
| 1312 | /* Check transition from GD access model. Only |
| 1313 | leal foo@tlsgd(,%ebx,1), %eax |
| 1314 | call ___tls_get_addr@PLT |
| 1315 | or |
| 1316 | leal foo@tlsgd(%ebx) %eax |
| 1317 | call ___tls_get_addr@PLT |
| 1318 | nop |
| 1319 | or |
| 1320 | leal foo@tlsgd(%reg), %eax |
| 1321 | call *___tls_get_addr@GOT(%reg) |
| 1322 | which may be converted to |
| 1323 | addr32 call ___tls_get_addr |
| 1324 | can transit to different access model. */ |
| 1325 | if ((offset + 10) > sec->size |
| 1326 | || (type != 0x8d && type != 0x04)) |
| 1327 | return FALSE; |
| 1328 | |
| 1329 | if (type == 0x04) |
| 1330 | { |
| 1331 | /* leal foo@tlsgd(,%ebx,1), %eax |
| 1332 | call ___tls_get_addr@PLT */ |
| 1333 | if (offset < 3) |
| 1334 | return FALSE; |
| 1335 | |
| 1336 | if (*(call - 7) != 0x8d |
| 1337 | || val != 0x1d |
| 1338 | || call[0] != 0xe8) |
| 1339 | return FALSE; |
| 1340 | } |
| 1341 | else |
| 1342 | { |
| 1343 | /* This must be |
| 1344 | leal foo@tlsgd(%ebx), %eax |
| 1345 | call ___tls_get_addr@PLT |
| 1346 | nop |
| 1347 | or |
| 1348 | leal foo@tlsgd(%reg), %eax |
| 1349 | call *___tls_get_addr@GOT(%reg) |
| 1350 | which may be converted to |
| 1351 | addr32 call ___tls_get_addr |
| 1352 | |
| 1353 | %eax can't be used as the GOT base register since it |
| 1354 | is used to pass parameter to ___tls_get_addr. */ |
| 1355 | reg = val & 7; |
| 1356 | if ((val & 0xf8) != 0x80 || reg == 4 || reg == 0) |
| 1357 | return FALSE; |
| 1358 | |
| 1359 | indirect_call = call[0] == 0xff; |
| 1360 | if (!(reg == 3 && call[0] == 0xe8 && call[5] == 0x90) |
| 1361 | && !(call[0] == 0x67 && call[1] == 0xe8) |
| 1362 | && !(indirect_call |
| 1363 | && (call[1] & 0xf8) == 0x90 |
| 1364 | && (call[1] & 0x7) == reg)) |
| 1365 | return FALSE; |
| 1366 | } |
| 1367 | } |
| 1368 | else |
| 1369 | { |
| 1370 | /* Check transition from LD access model. Only |
| 1371 | leal foo@tlsldm(%ebx), %eax |
| 1372 | call ___tls_get_addr@PLT |
| 1373 | or |
| 1374 | leal foo@tlsldm(%reg), %eax |
| 1375 | call *___tls_get_addr@GOT(%reg) |
| 1376 | which may be converted to |
| 1377 | addr32 call ___tls_get_addr |
| 1378 | can transit to different access model. */ |
| 1379 | if (type != 0x8d || (offset + 9) > sec->size) |
| 1380 | return FALSE; |
| 1381 | |
| 1382 | /* %eax can't be used as the GOT base register since it is |
| 1383 | used to pass parameter to ___tls_get_addr. */ |
| 1384 | reg = val & 7; |
| 1385 | if ((val & 0xf8) != 0x80 || reg == 4 || reg == 0) |
| 1386 | return FALSE; |
| 1387 | |
| 1388 | indirect_call = call[0] == 0xff; |
| 1389 | if (!(reg == 3 && call[0] == 0xe8) |
| 1390 | && !(call[0] == 0x67 && call[1] == 0xe8) |
| 1391 | && !(indirect_call |
| 1392 | && (call[1] & 0xf8) == 0x90 |
| 1393 | && (call[1] & 0x7) == reg)) |
| 1394 | return FALSE; |
| 1395 | } |
| 1396 | |
| 1397 | r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel[1].r_info); |
| 1398 | if (r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info) |
| 1399 | return FALSE; |
| 1400 | |
| 1401 | tls_get_addr = FALSE; |
| 1402 | h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info]; |
| 1403 | if (h != NULL && h->root.root.string != NULL) |
| 1404 | { |
| 1405 | struct elf_i386_link_hash_entry *eh |
| 1406 | = (struct elf_i386_link_hash_entry *) h; |
| 1407 | tls_get_addr = eh->tls_get_addr == 1; |
| 1408 | if (eh->tls_get_addr > 1) |
| 1409 | { |
| 1410 | /* Use strncmp to check ___tls_get_addr since |
| 1411 | ___tls_get_addr may be versioned. */ |
| 1412 | if (strncmp (h->root.root.string, "___tls_get_addr", 15) |
| 1413 | == 0) |
| 1414 | { |
| 1415 | eh->tls_get_addr = 1; |
| 1416 | tls_get_addr = TRUE; |
| 1417 | } |
| 1418 | else |
| 1419 | eh->tls_get_addr = 0; |
| 1420 | } |
| 1421 | } |
| 1422 | |
| 1423 | if (!tls_get_addr) |
| 1424 | return FALSE; |
| 1425 | else if (indirect_call) |
| 1426 | return (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel[1].r_info) == R_386_GOT32X); |
| 1427 | else |
| 1428 | return (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel[1].r_info) == R_386_PC32 |
| 1429 | || ELF32_R_TYPE (rel[1].r_info) == R_386_PLT32); |
| 1430 | |
| 1431 | case R_386_TLS_IE: |
| 1432 | /* Check transition from IE access model: |
| 1433 | movl foo@indntpoff(%rip), %eax |
| 1434 | movl foo@indntpoff(%rip), %reg |
| 1435 | addl foo@indntpoff(%rip), %reg |
| 1436 | */ |
| 1437 | |
| 1438 | if (offset < 1 || (offset + 4) > sec->size) |
| 1439 | return FALSE; |
| 1440 | |
| 1441 | /* Check "movl foo@tpoff(%rip), %eax" first. */ |
| 1442 | val = bfd_get_8 (abfd, contents + offset - 1); |
| 1443 | if (val == 0xa1) |
| 1444 | return TRUE; |
| 1445 | |
| 1446 | if (offset < 2) |
| 1447 | return FALSE; |
| 1448 | |
| 1449 | /* Check movl|addl foo@tpoff(%rip), %reg. */ |
| 1450 | type = bfd_get_8 (abfd, contents + offset - 2); |
| 1451 | return ((type == 0x8b || type == 0x03) |
| 1452 | && (val & 0xc7) == 0x05); |
| 1453 | |
| 1454 | case R_386_TLS_GOTIE: |
| 1455 | case R_386_TLS_IE_32: |
| 1456 | /* Check transition from {IE_32,GOTIE} access model: |
| 1457 | subl foo@{tpoff,gontoff}(%reg1), %reg2 |
| 1458 | movl foo@{tpoff,gontoff}(%reg1), %reg2 |
| 1459 | addl foo@{tpoff,gontoff}(%reg1), %reg2 |
| 1460 | */ |
| 1461 | |
| 1462 | if (offset < 2 || (offset + 4) > sec->size) |
| 1463 | return FALSE; |
| 1464 | |
| 1465 | val = bfd_get_8 (abfd, contents + offset - 1); |
| 1466 | if ((val & 0xc0) != 0x80 || (val & 7) == 4) |
| 1467 | return FALSE; |
| 1468 | |
| 1469 | type = bfd_get_8 (abfd, contents + offset - 2); |
| 1470 | return type == 0x8b || type == 0x2b || type == 0x03; |
| 1471 | |
| 1472 | case R_386_TLS_GOTDESC: |
| 1473 | /* Check transition from GDesc access model: |
| 1474 | leal x@tlsdesc(%ebx), %eax |
| 1475 | |
| 1476 | Make sure it's a leal adding ebx to a 32-bit offset |
| 1477 | into any register, although it's probably almost always |
| 1478 | going to be eax. */ |
| 1479 | |
| 1480 | if (offset < 2 || (offset + 4) > sec->size) |
| 1481 | return FALSE; |
| 1482 | |
| 1483 | if (bfd_get_8 (abfd, contents + offset - 2) != 0x8d) |
| 1484 | return FALSE; |
| 1485 | |
| 1486 | val = bfd_get_8 (abfd, contents + offset - 1); |
| 1487 | return (val & 0xc7) == 0x83; |
| 1488 | |
| 1489 | case R_386_TLS_DESC_CALL: |
| 1490 | /* Check transition from GDesc access model: |
| 1491 | call *x@tlsdesc(%eax) |
| 1492 | */ |
| 1493 | if (offset + 2 <= sec->size) |
| 1494 | { |
| 1495 | /* Make sure that it's a call *x@tlsdesc(%eax). */ |
| 1496 | call = contents + offset; |
| 1497 | return call[0] == 0xff && call[1] == 0x10; |
| 1498 | } |
| 1499 | |
| 1500 | return FALSE; |
| 1501 | |
| 1502 | default: |
| 1503 | abort (); |
| 1504 | } |
| 1505 | } |
| 1506 | |
| 1507 | /* Return TRUE if the TLS access transition is OK or no transition |
| 1508 | will be performed. Update R_TYPE if there is a transition. */ |
| 1509 | |
| 1510 | static bfd_boolean |
| 1511 | elf_i386_tls_transition (struct bfd_link_info *info, bfd *abfd, |
| 1512 | asection *sec, bfd_byte *contents, |
| 1513 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr, |
| 1514 | struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes, |
| 1515 | unsigned int *r_type, int tls_type, |
| 1516 | const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel, |
| 1517 | const Elf_Internal_Rela *relend, |
| 1518 | struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, |
| 1519 | unsigned long r_symndx, |
| 1520 | bfd_boolean from_relocate_section) |
| 1521 | { |
| 1522 | unsigned int from_type = *r_type; |
| 1523 | unsigned int to_type = from_type; |
| 1524 | bfd_boolean check = TRUE; |
| 1525 | |
| 1526 | /* Skip TLS transition for functions. */ |
| 1527 | if (h != NULL |
| 1528 | && (h->type == STT_FUNC |
| 1529 | || h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC)) |
| 1530 | return TRUE; |
| 1531 | |
| 1532 | switch (from_type) |
| 1533 | { |
| 1534 | case R_386_TLS_GD: |
| 1535 | case R_386_TLS_GOTDESC: |
| 1536 | case R_386_TLS_DESC_CALL: |
| 1537 | case R_386_TLS_IE_32: |
| 1538 | case R_386_TLS_IE: |
| 1539 | case R_386_TLS_GOTIE: |
| 1540 | if (bfd_link_executable (info)) |
| 1541 | { |
| 1542 | if (h == NULL) |
| 1543 | to_type = R_386_TLS_LE_32; |
| 1544 | else if (from_type != R_386_TLS_IE |
| 1545 | && from_type != R_386_TLS_GOTIE) |
| 1546 | to_type = R_386_TLS_IE_32; |
| 1547 | } |
| 1548 | |
| 1549 | /* When we are called from elf_i386_relocate_section, there may |
| 1550 | be additional transitions based on TLS_TYPE. */ |
| 1551 | if (from_relocate_section) |
| 1552 | { |
| 1553 | unsigned int new_to_type = to_type; |
| 1554 | |
| 1555 | if (bfd_link_executable (info) |
| 1556 | && h != NULL |
| 1557 | && h->dynindx == -1 |
| 1558 | && (tls_type & GOT_TLS_IE)) |
| 1559 | new_to_type = R_386_TLS_LE_32; |
| 1560 | |
| 1561 | if (to_type == R_386_TLS_GD |
| 1562 | || to_type == R_386_TLS_GOTDESC |
| 1563 | || to_type == R_386_TLS_DESC_CALL) |
| 1564 | { |
| 1565 | if (tls_type == GOT_TLS_IE_POS) |
| 1566 | new_to_type = R_386_TLS_GOTIE; |
| 1567 | else if (tls_type & GOT_TLS_IE) |
| 1568 | new_to_type = R_386_TLS_IE_32; |
| 1569 | } |
| 1570 | |
| 1571 | /* We checked the transition before when we were called from |
| 1572 | elf_i386_check_relocs. We only want to check the new |
| 1573 | transition which hasn't been checked before. */ |
| 1574 | check = new_to_type != to_type && from_type == to_type; |
| 1575 | to_type = new_to_type; |
| 1576 | } |
| 1577 | |
| 1578 | break; |
| 1579 | |
| 1580 | case R_386_TLS_LDM: |
| 1581 | if (bfd_link_executable (info)) |
| 1582 | to_type = R_386_TLS_LE_32; |
| 1583 | break; |
| 1584 | |
| 1585 | default: |
| 1586 | return TRUE; |
| 1587 | } |
| 1588 | |
| 1589 | /* Return TRUE if there is no transition. */ |
| 1590 | if (from_type == to_type) |
| 1591 | return TRUE; |
| 1592 | |
| 1593 | /* Check if the transition can be performed. */ |
| 1594 | if (check |
| 1595 | && ! elf_i386_check_tls_transition (sec, contents, |
| 1596 | symtab_hdr, sym_hashes, |
| 1597 | from_type, rel, relend)) |
| 1598 | { |
| 1599 | reloc_howto_type *from, *to; |
| 1600 | const char *name; |
| 1601 | |
| 1602 | from = elf_i386_rtype_to_howto (abfd, from_type); |
| 1603 | to = elf_i386_rtype_to_howto (abfd, to_type); |
| 1604 | |
| 1605 | if (h) |
| 1606 | name = h->root.root.string; |
| 1607 | else |
| 1608 | { |
| 1609 | struct elf_i386_link_hash_table *htab; |
| 1610 | |
| 1611 | htab = elf_i386_hash_table (info); |
| 1612 | if (htab == NULL) |
| 1613 | name = "*unknown*"; |
| 1614 | else |
| 1615 | { |
| 1616 | Elf_Internal_Sym *isym; |
| 1617 | |
| 1618 | isym = bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab->sym_cache, |
| 1619 | abfd, r_symndx); |
| 1620 | name = bfd_elf_sym_name (abfd, symtab_hdr, isym, NULL); |
| 1621 | } |
| 1622 | } |
| 1623 | |
| 1624 | _bfd_error_handler |
| 1625 | /* xgettext:c-format */ |
| 1626 | (_("%B: TLS transition from %s to %s against `%s' at 0x%lx " |
| 1627 | "in section `%A' failed"), |
| 1628 | abfd, from->name, to->name, name, |
| 1629 | (unsigned long) rel->r_offset, sec); |
| 1630 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); |
| 1631 | return FALSE; |
| 1632 | } |
| 1633 | |
| 1634 | *r_type = to_type; |
| 1635 | return TRUE; |
| 1636 | } |
| 1637 | |
| 1638 | /* With the local symbol, foo, we convert |
| 1639 | mov foo@GOT[(%reg1)], %reg2 |
| 1640 | to |
| 1641 | lea foo[@GOTOFF(%reg1)], %reg2 |
| 1642 | and convert |
| 1643 | call/jmp *foo@GOT[(%reg)] |
| 1644 | to |
| 1645 | nop call foo/jmp foo nop |
| 1646 | When PIC is false, convert |
| 1647 | test %reg1, foo@GOT[(%reg2)] |
| 1648 | to |
| 1649 | test $foo, %reg1 |
| 1650 | and convert |
| 1651 | binop foo@GOT[(%reg1)], %reg2 |
| 1652 | to |
| 1653 | binop $foo, %reg2 |
| 1654 | where binop is one of adc, add, and, cmp, or, sbb, sub, xor |
| 1655 | instructions. */ |
| 1656 | |
| 1657 | static |
| 1658 | bfd_boolean |
| 1659 | elf_i386_convert_load_reloc (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr, |
| 1660 | bfd_byte *contents, |
| 1661 | Elf_Internal_Rela *irel, |
| 1662 | struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, |
| 1663 | bfd_boolean *converted, |
| 1664 | struct bfd_link_info *link_info) |
| 1665 | { |
| 1666 | struct elf_i386_link_hash_table *htab; |
| 1667 | unsigned int opcode; |
| 1668 | unsigned int modrm; |
| 1669 | bfd_boolean baseless; |
| 1670 | Elf_Internal_Sym *isym; |
| 1671 | unsigned int addend; |
| 1672 | unsigned int nop; |
| 1673 | bfd_vma nop_offset; |
| 1674 | bfd_boolean is_pic; |
| 1675 | bfd_boolean to_reloc_32; |
| 1676 | unsigned int r_type; |
| 1677 | unsigned int r_symndx; |
| 1678 | bfd_vma roff = irel->r_offset; |
| 1679 | |
| 1680 | if (roff < 2) |
| 1681 | return TRUE; |
| 1682 | |
| 1683 | /* Addend for R_386_GOT32X relocations must be 0. */ |
| 1684 | addend = bfd_get_32 (abfd, contents + roff); |
| 1685 | if (addend != 0) |
| 1686 | return TRUE; |
| 1687 | |
| 1688 | htab = elf_i386_hash_table (link_info); |
| 1689 | is_pic = bfd_link_pic (link_info); |
| 1690 | |
| 1691 | r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info); |
| 1692 | r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (irel->r_info); |
| 1693 | |
| 1694 | modrm = bfd_get_8 (abfd, contents + roff - 1); |
| 1695 | baseless = (modrm & 0xc7) == 0x5; |
| 1696 | |
| 1697 | if (baseless && is_pic) |
| 1698 | { |
| 1699 | /* For PIC, disallow R_386_GOT32X without a base register |
| 1700 | since we don't know what the GOT base is. */ |
| 1701 | const char *name; |
| 1702 | |
| 1703 | if (h == NULL) |
| 1704 | { |
| 1705 | isym = bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab->sym_cache, abfd, |
| 1706 | r_symndx); |
| 1707 | name = bfd_elf_sym_name (abfd, symtab_hdr, isym, NULL); |
| 1708 | } |
| 1709 | else |
| 1710 | name = h->root.root.string; |
| 1711 | |
| 1712 | _bfd_error_handler |
| 1713 | /* xgettext:c-format */ |
| 1714 | (_("%B: direct GOT relocation R_386_GOT32X against `%s' without base" |
| 1715 | " register can not be used when making a shared object"), |
| 1716 | abfd, name); |
| 1717 | return FALSE; |
| 1718 | } |
| 1719 | |
| 1720 | opcode = bfd_get_8 (abfd, contents + roff - 2); |
| 1721 | |
| 1722 | /* Convert to R_386_32 if PIC is false or there is no base |
| 1723 | register. */ |
| 1724 | to_reloc_32 = !is_pic || baseless; |
| 1725 | |
| 1726 | /* Try to convert R_386_GOT32X. Get the symbol referred to by the |
| 1727 | reloc. */ |
| 1728 | if (h == NULL) |
| 1729 | { |
| 1730 | if (opcode == 0x0ff) |
| 1731 | /* Convert "call/jmp *foo@GOT[(%reg)]". */ |
| 1732 | goto convert_branch; |
| 1733 | else |
| 1734 | /* Convert "mov foo@GOT[(%reg1)], %reg2", |
| 1735 | "test %reg1, foo@GOT(%reg2)" and |
| 1736 | "binop foo@GOT[(%reg1)], %reg2". */ |
| 1737 | goto convert_load; |
| 1738 | } |
| 1739 | |
| 1740 | /* Undefined weak symbol is only bound locally in executable |
| 1741 | and its reference is resolved as 0. */ |
| 1742 | if (UNDEFINED_WEAK_RESOLVED_TO_ZERO (link_info, TRUE, |
| 1743 | elf_i386_hash_entry (h))) |
| 1744 | { |
| 1745 | if (opcode == 0xff) |
| 1746 | { |
| 1747 | /* No direct branch to 0 for PIC. */ |
| 1748 | if (is_pic) |
| 1749 | return TRUE; |
| 1750 | else |
| 1751 | goto convert_branch; |
| 1752 | } |
| 1753 | else |
| 1754 | { |
| 1755 | /* We can convert load of address 0 to R_386_32. */ |
| 1756 | to_reloc_32 = TRUE; |
| 1757 | goto convert_load; |
| 1758 | } |
| 1759 | } |
| 1760 | |
| 1761 | if (opcode == 0xff) |
| 1762 | { |
| 1763 | /* We have "call/jmp *foo@GOT[(%reg)]". */ |
| 1764 | if ((h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined |
| 1765 | || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak) |
| 1766 | && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (link_info, h)) |
| 1767 | { |
| 1768 | /* The function is locally defined. */ |
| 1769 | convert_branch: |
| 1770 | /* Convert R_386_GOT32X to R_386_PC32. */ |
| 1771 | if (modrm == 0x15 || (modrm & 0xf8) == 0x90) |
| 1772 | { |
| 1773 | struct elf_i386_link_hash_entry *eh |
| 1774 | = (struct elf_i386_link_hash_entry *) h; |
| 1775 | |
| 1776 | /* Convert to "nop call foo". ADDR_PREFIX_OPCODE |
| 1777 | is a nop prefix. */ |
| 1778 | modrm = 0xe8; |
| 1779 | /* To support TLS optimization, always use addr32 prefix |
| 1780 | for "call *___tls_get_addr@GOT(%reg)". */ |
| 1781 | if (eh && eh->tls_get_addr == 1) |
| 1782 | { |
| 1783 | nop = 0x67; |
| 1784 | nop_offset = irel->r_offset - 2; |
| 1785 | } |
| 1786 | else |
| 1787 | { |
| 1788 | nop = link_info->call_nop_byte; |
| 1789 | if (link_info->call_nop_as_suffix) |
| 1790 | { |
| 1791 | nop_offset = roff + 3; |
| 1792 | irel->r_offset -= 1; |
| 1793 | } |
| 1794 | else |
| 1795 | nop_offset = roff - 2; |
| 1796 | } |
| 1797 | } |
| 1798 | else |
| 1799 | { |
| 1800 | /* Convert to "jmp foo nop". */ |
| 1801 | modrm = 0xe9; |
| 1802 | nop = NOP_OPCODE; |
| 1803 | nop_offset = roff + 3; |
| 1804 | irel->r_offset -= 1; |
| 1805 | } |
| 1806 | |
| 1807 | bfd_put_8 (abfd, nop, contents + nop_offset); |
| 1808 | bfd_put_8 (abfd, modrm, contents + irel->r_offset - 1); |
| 1809 | /* When converting to PC-relative relocation, we |
| 1810 | need to adjust addend by -4. */ |
| 1811 | bfd_put_32 (abfd, -4, contents + irel->r_offset); |
| 1812 | irel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, R_386_PC32); |
| 1813 | |
| 1814 | *converted = TRUE; |
| 1815 | } |
| 1816 | } |
| 1817 | else |
| 1818 | { |
| 1819 | /* We have "mov foo@GOT[(%re1g)], %reg2", |
| 1820 | "test %reg1, foo@GOT(%reg2)" and |
| 1821 | "binop foo@GOT[(%reg1)], %reg2". |
| 1822 | |
| 1823 | Avoid optimizing _DYNAMIC since ld.so may use its |
| 1824 | link-time address. */ |
| 1825 | if (h == htab->elf.hdynamic) |
| 1826 | return TRUE; |
| 1827 | |
| 1828 | /* def_regular is set by an assignment in a linker script in |
| 1829 | bfd_elf_record_link_assignment. */ |
| 1830 | if ((h->def_regular |
| 1831 | || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined |
| 1832 | || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak) |
| 1833 | && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (link_info, h)) |
| 1834 | { |
| 1835 | convert_load: |
| 1836 | if (opcode == 0x8b) |
| 1837 | { |
| 1838 | if (to_reloc_32) |
| 1839 | { |
| 1840 | /* Convert "mov foo@GOT[(%reg1)], %reg2" to |
| 1841 | "mov $foo, %reg2" with R_386_32. */ |
| 1842 | r_type = R_386_32; |
| 1843 | modrm = 0xc0 | (modrm & 0x38) >> 3; |
| 1844 | bfd_put_8 (abfd, modrm, contents + roff - 1); |
| 1845 | opcode = 0xc7; |
| 1846 | } |
| 1847 | else |
| 1848 | { |
| 1849 | /* Convert "mov foo@GOT(%reg1), %reg2" to |
| 1850 | "lea foo@GOTOFF(%reg1), %reg2". */ |
| 1851 | r_type = R_386_GOTOFF; |
| 1852 | opcode = 0x8d; |
| 1853 | } |
| 1854 | } |
| 1855 | else |
| 1856 | { |
| 1857 | /* Only R_386_32 is supported. */ |
| 1858 | if (!to_reloc_32) |
| 1859 | return TRUE; |
| 1860 | |
| 1861 | if (opcode == 0x85) |
| 1862 | { |
| 1863 | /* Convert "test %reg1, foo@GOT(%reg2)" to |
| 1864 | "test $foo, %reg1". */ |
| 1865 | modrm = 0xc0 | (modrm & 0x38) >> 3; |
| 1866 | opcode = 0xf7; |
| 1867 | } |
| 1868 | else |
| 1869 | { |
| 1870 | /* Convert "binop foo@GOT(%reg1), %reg2" to |
| 1871 | "binop $foo, %reg2". */ |
| 1872 | modrm = (0xc0 |
| 1873 | | (modrm & 0x38) >> 3 |
| 1874 | | (opcode & 0x3c)); |
| 1875 | opcode = 0x81; |
| 1876 | } |
| 1877 | bfd_put_8 (abfd, modrm, contents + roff - 1); |
| 1878 | r_type = R_386_32; |
| 1879 | } |
| 1880 | |
| 1881 | bfd_put_8 (abfd, opcode, contents + roff - 2); |
| 1882 | irel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, r_type); |
| 1883 | |
| 1884 | *converted = TRUE; |
| 1885 | } |
| 1886 | } |
| 1887 | |
| 1888 | return TRUE; |
| 1889 | } |
| 1890 | |
| 1891 | /* Rename some of the generic section flags to better document how they |
| 1892 | are used here. */ |
| 1893 | #define need_convert_load sec_flg0 |
| 1894 | #define check_relocs_failed sec_flg1 |
| 1895 | |
| 1896 | /* Look through the relocs for a section during the first phase, and |
| 1897 | calculate needed space in the global offset table, procedure linkage |
| 1898 | table, and dynamic reloc sections. */ |
| 1899 | |
| 1900 | static bfd_boolean |
| 1901 | elf_i386_check_relocs (bfd *abfd, |
| 1902 | struct bfd_link_info *info, |
| 1903 | asection *sec, |
| 1904 | const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs) |
| 1905 | { |
| 1906 | struct elf_i386_link_hash_table *htab; |
| 1907 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr; |
| 1908 | struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes; |
| 1909 | const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel; |
| 1910 | const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel_end; |
| 1911 | asection *sreloc; |
| 1912 | bfd_byte *contents; |
| 1913 | |
| 1914 | if (bfd_link_relocatable (info)) |
| 1915 | return TRUE; |
| 1916 | |
| 1917 | /* Don't do anything special with non-loaded, non-alloced sections. |
| 1918 | In particular, any relocs in such sections should not affect GOT |
| 1919 | and PLT reference counting (ie. we don't allow them to create GOT |
| 1920 | or PLT entries), there's no possibility or desire to optimize TLS |
| 1921 | relocs, and there's not much point in propagating relocs to shared |
| 1922 | libs that the dynamic linker won't relocate. */ |
| 1923 | if ((sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0) |
| 1924 | return TRUE; |
| 1925 | |
| 1926 | BFD_ASSERT (is_i386_elf (abfd)); |
| 1927 | |
| 1928 | htab = elf_i386_hash_table (info); |
| 1929 | if (htab == NULL) |
| 1930 | { |
| 1931 | sec->check_relocs_failed = 1; |
| 1932 | return FALSE; |
| 1933 | } |
| 1934 | |
| 1935 | /* Get the section contents. */ |
| 1936 | if (elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != NULL) |
| 1937 | contents = elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents; |
| 1938 | else if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, sec, &contents)) |
| 1939 | { |
| 1940 | sec->check_relocs_failed = 1; |
| 1941 | return FALSE; |
| 1942 | } |
| 1943 | |
| 1944 | symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (abfd); |
| 1945 | sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (abfd); |
| 1946 | |
| 1947 | sreloc = NULL; |
| 1948 | |
| 1949 | rel_end = relocs + sec->reloc_count; |
| 1950 | for (rel = relocs; rel < rel_end; rel++) |
| 1951 | { |
| 1952 | unsigned int r_type; |
| 1953 | unsigned long r_symndx; |
| 1954 | struct elf_link_hash_entry *h; |
| 1955 | struct elf_i386_link_hash_entry *eh; |
| 1956 | Elf_Internal_Sym *isym; |
| 1957 | const char *name; |
| 1958 | bfd_boolean size_reloc; |
| 1959 | |
| 1960 | r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info); |
| 1961 | r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info); |
| 1962 | |
| 1963 | if (r_symndx >= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (symtab_hdr)) |
| 1964 | { |
| 1965 | /* xgettext:c-format */ |
| 1966 | _bfd_error_handler (_("%B: bad symbol index: %d"), |
| 1967 | abfd, r_symndx); |
| 1968 | goto error_return; |
| 1969 | } |
| 1970 | |
| 1971 | if (r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info) |
| 1972 | { |
| 1973 | /* A local symbol. */ |
| 1974 | isym = bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab->sym_cache, |
| 1975 | abfd, r_symndx); |
| 1976 | if (isym == NULL) |
| 1977 | goto error_return; |
| 1978 | |
| 1979 | /* Check relocation against local STT_GNU_IFUNC symbol. */ |
| 1980 | if (ELF32_ST_TYPE (isym->st_info) == STT_GNU_IFUNC) |
| 1981 | { |
| 1982 | h = elf_i386_get_local_sym_hash (htab, abfd, rel, TRUE); |
| 1983 | if (h == NULL) |
| 1984 | goto error_return; |
| 1985 | |
| 1986 | /* Fake a STT_GNU_IFUNC symbol. */ |
| 1987 | h->type = STT_GNU_IFUNC; |
| 1988 | h->def_regular = 1; |
| 1989 | h->ref_regular = 1; |
| 1990 | h->forced_local = 1; |
| 1991 | h->root.type = bfd_link_hash_defined; |
| 1992 | } |
| 1993 | else |
| 1994 | h = NULL; |
| 1995 | } |
| 1996 | else |
| 1997 | { |
| 1998 | isym = NULL; |
| 1999 | h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info]; |
| 2000 | while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect |
| 2001 | || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning) |
| 2002 | h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link; |
| 2003 | } |
| 2004 | |
| 2005 | eh = (struct elf_i386_link_hash_entry *) h; |
| 2006 | if (h != NULL) |
| 2007 | { |
| 2008 | switch (r_type) |
| 2009 | { |
| 2010 | default: |
| 2011 | break; |
| 2012 | |
| 2013 | case R_386_GOTOFF: |
| 2014 | eh->gotoff_ref = 1; |
| 2015 | /* Fall through. */ |
| 2016 | case R_386_32: |
| 2017 | case R_386_PC32: |
| 2018 | case R_386_PLT32: |
| 2019 | case R_386_GOT32: |
| 2020 | case R_386_GOT32X: |
| 2021 | if (htab->elf.dynobj == NULL) |
| 2022 | htab->elf.dynobj = abfd; |
| 2023 | /* Create the ifunc sections for static executables. */ |
| 2024 | if (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC |
| 2025 | && !_bfd_elf_create_ifunc_sections (htab->elf.dynobj, |
| 2026 | info)) |
| 2027 | goto error_return; |
| 2028 | break; |
| 2029 | } |
| 2030 | |
| 2031 | /* It is referenced by a non-shared object. */ |
| 2032 | h->ref_regular = 1; |
| 2033 | h->root.non_ir_ref = 1; |
| 2034 | |
| 2035 | if (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC) |
| 2036 | elf_tdata (info->output_bfd)->has_gnu_symbols |
| 2037 | |= elf_gnu_symbol_ifunc; |
| 2038 | } |
| 2039 | |
| 2040 | if (! elf_i386_tls_transition (info, abfd, sec, contents, |
| 2041 | symtab_hdr, sym_hashes, |
| 2042 | &r_type, GOT_UNKNOWN, |
| 2043 | rel, rel_end, h, r_symndx, FALSE)) |
| 2044 | goto error_return; |
| 2045 | |
| 2046 | switch (r_type) |
| 2047 | { |
| 2048 | case R_386_TLS_LDM: |
| 2049 | htab->tls_ldm_got.refcount += 1; |
| 2050 | goto create_got; |
| 2051 | |
| 2052 | case R_386_PLT32: |
| 2053 | /* This symbol requires a procedure linkage table entry. We |
| 2054 | actually build the entry in adjust_dynamic_symbol, |
| 2055 | because this might be a case of linking PIC code which is |
| 2056 | never referenced by a dynamic object, in which case we |
| 2057 | don't need to generate a procedure linkage table entry |
| 2058 | after all. */ |
| 2059 | |
| 2060 | /* If this is a local symbol, we resolve it directly without |
| 2061 | creating a procedure linkage table entry. */ |
| 2062 | if (h == NULL) |
| 2063 | continue; |
| 2064 | |
| 2065 | eh->has_got_reloc = 1; |
| 2066 | h->needs_plt = 1; |
| 2067 | h->plt.refcount += 1; |
| 2068 | break; |
| 2069 | |
| 2070 | case R_386_SIZE32: |
| 2071 | size_reloc = TRUE; |
| 2072 | goto do_size; |
| 2073 | |
| 2074 | case R_386_TLS_IE_32: |
| 2075 | case R_386_TLS_IE: |
| 2076 | case R_386_TLS_GOTIE: |
| 2077 | if (!bfd_link_executable (info)) |
| 2078 | info->flags |= DF_STATIC_TLS; |
| 2079 | /* Fall through */ |
| 2080 | |
| 2081 | case R_386_GOT32: |
| 2082 | case R_386_GOT32X: |
| 2083 | case R_386_TLS_GD: |
| 2084 | case R_386_TLS_GOTDESC: |
| 2085 | case R_386_TLS_DESC_CALL: |
| 2086 | /* This symbol requires a global offset table entry. */ |
| 2087 | { |
| 2088 | int tls_type, old_tls_type; |
| 2089 | |
| 2090 | switch (r_type) |
| 2091 | { |
| 2092 | default: |
| 2093 | case R_386_GOT32: |
| 2094 | case R_386_GOT32X: |
| 2095 | tls_type = GOT_NORMAL; |
| 2096 | break; |
| 2097 | case R_386_TLS_GD: tls_type = GOT_TLS_GD; break; |
| 2098 | case R_386_TLS_GOTDESC: |
| 2099 | case R_386_TLS_DESC_CALL: |
| 2100 | tls_type = GOT_TLS_GDESC; break; |
| 2101 | case R_386_TLS_IE_32: |
| 2102 | if (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info) == r_type) |
| 2103 | tls_type = GOT_TLS_IE_NEG; |
| 2104 | else |
| 2105 | /* If this is a GD->IE transition, we may use either of |
| 2106 | R_386_TLS_TPOFF and R_386_TLS_TPOFF32. */ |
| 2107 | tls_type = GOT_TLS_IE; |
| 2108 | break; |
| 2109 | case R_386_TLS_IE: |
| 2110 | case R_386_TLS_GOTIE: |
| 2111 | tls_type = GOT_TLS_IE_POS; break; |
| 2112 | } |
| 2113 | |
| 2114 | if (h != NULL) |
| 2115 | { |
| 2116 | h->got.refcount += 1; |
| 2117 | old_tls_type = elf_i386_hash_entry(h)->tls_type; |
| 2118 | } |
| 2119 | else |
| 2120 | { |
| 2121 | bfd_signed_vma *local_got_refcounts; |
| 2122 | |
| 2123 | /* This is a global offset table entry for a local symbol. */ |
| 2124 | local_got_refcounts = elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd); |
| 2125 | if (local_got_refcounts == NULL) |
| 2126 | { |
| 2127 | bfd_size_type size; |
| 2128 | |
| 2129 | size = symtab_hdr->sh_info; |
| 2130 | size *= (sizeof (bfd_signed_vma) |
| 2131 | + sizeof (bfd_vma) + sizeof(char)); |
| 2132 | local_got_refcounts = (bfd_signed_vma *) |
| 2133 | bfd_zalloc (abfd, size); |
| 2134 | if (local_got_refcounts == NULL) |
| 2135 | goto error_return; |
| 2136 | elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd) = local_got_refcounts; |
| 2137 | elf_i386_local_tlsdesc_gotent (abfd) |
| 2138 | = (bfd_vma *) (local_got_refcounts + symtab_hdr->sh_info); |
| 2139 | elf_i386_local_got_tls_type (abfd) |
| 2140 | = (char *) (local_got_refcounts + 2 * symtab_hdr->sh_info); |
| 2141 | } |
| 2142 | local_got_refcounts[r_symndx] += 1; |
| 2143 | old_tls_type = elf_i386_local_got_tls_type (abfd) [r_symndx]; |
| 2144 | } |
| 2145 | |
| 2146 | if ((old_tls_type & GOT_TLS_IE) && (tls_type & GOT_TLS_IE)) |
| 2147 | tls_type |= old_tls_type; |
| 2148 | /* If a TLS symbol is accessed using IE at least once, |
| 2149 | there is no point to use dynamic model for it. */ |
| 2150 | else if (old_tls_type != tls_type && old_tls_type != GOT_UNKNOWN |
| 2151 | && (! GOT_TLS_GD_ANY_P (old_tls_type) |
| 2152 | || (tls_type & GOT_TLS_IE) == 0)) |
| 2153 | { |
| 2154 | if ((old_tls_type & GOT_TLS_IE) && GOT_TLS_GD_ANY_P (tls_type)) |
| 2155 | tls_type = old_tls_type; |
| 2156 | else if (GOT_TLS_GD_ANY_P (old_tls_type) |
| 2157 | && GOT_TLS_GD_ANY_P (tls_type)) |
| 2158 | tls_type |= old_tls_type; |
| 2159 | else |
| 2160 | { |
| 2161 | if (h) |
| 2162 | name = h->root.root.string; |
| 2163 | else |
| 2164 | name = bfd_elf_sym_name (abfd, symtab_hdr, isym, |
| 2165 | NULL); |
| 2166 | _bfd_error_handler |
| 2167 | /* xgettext:c-format */ |
| 2168 | (_("%B: `%s' accessed both as normal and " |
| 2169 | "thread local symbol"), |
| 2170 | abfd, name); |
| 2171 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); |
| 2172 | goto error_return; |
| 2173 | } |
| 2174 | } |
| 2175 | |
| 2176 | if (old_tls_type != tls_type) |
| 2177 | { |
| 2178 | if (h != NULL) |
| 2179 | elf_i386_hash_entry (h)->tls_type = tls_type; |
| 2180 | else |
| 2181 | elf_i386_local_got_tls_type (abfd) [r_symndx] = tls_type; |
| 2182 | } |
| 2183 | } |
| 2184 | /* Fall through */ |
| 2185 | |
| 2186 | case R_386_GOTOFF: |
| 2187 | case R_386_GOTPC: |
| 2188 | create_got: |
| 2189 | if (htab->elf.sgot == NULL) |
| 2190 | { |
| 2191 | if (htab->elf.dynobj == NULL) |
| 2192 | htab->elf.dynobj = abfd; |
| 2193 | if (!_bfd_elf_create_got_section (htab->elf.dynobj, info)) |
| 2194 | goto error_return; |
| 2195 | } |
| 2196 | if (r_type != R_386_TLS_IE) |
| 2197 | { |
| 2198 | if (eh != NULL) |
| 2199 | eh->has_got_reloc = 1; |
| 2200 | break; |
| 2201 | } |
| 2202 | /* Fall through */ |
| 2203 | |
| 2204 | case R_386_TLS_LE_32: |
| 2205 | case R_386_TLS_LE: |
| 2206 | if (eh != NULL) |
| 2207 | eh->has_got_reloc = 1; |
| 2208 | if (bfd_link_executable (info)) |
| 2209 | break; |
| 2210 | info->flags |= DF_STATIC_TLS; |
| 2211 | goto do_relocation; |
| 2212 | |
| 2213 | case R_386_32: |
| 2214 | case R_386_PC32: |
| 2215 | if (eh != NULL && (sec->flags & SEC_CODE) != 0) |
| 2216 | eh->has_non_got_reloc = 1; |
| 2217 | do_relocation: |
| 2218 | /* We are called after all symbols have been resolved. Only |
| 2219 | relocation against STT_GNU_IFUNC symbol must go through |
| 2220 | PLT. */ |
| 2221 | if (h != NULL |
| 2222 | && (bfd_link_executable (info) |
| 2223 | || h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC)) |
| 2224 | { |
| 2225 | /* If this reloc is in a read-only section, we might |
| 2226 | need a copy reloc. We can't check reliably at this |
| 2227 | stage whether the section is read-only, as input |
| 2228 | sections have not yet been mapped to output sections. |
| 2229 | Tentatively set the flag for now, and correct in |
| 2230 | adjust_dynamic_symbol. */ |
| 2231 | h->non_got_ref = 1; |
| 2232 | |
| 2233 | /* We may need a .plt entry if the symbol is a function |
| 2234 | defined in a shared lib or is a STT_GNU_IFUNC function |
| 2235 | referenced from the code or read-only section. */ |
| 2236 | if (!h->def_regular |
| 2237 | || (sec->flags & (SEC_CODE | SEC_READONLY)) != 0) |
| 2238 | h->plt.refcount += 1; |
| 2239 | |
| 2240 | if (r_type == R_386_PC32) |
| 2241 | { |
| 2242 | /* Since something like ".long foo - ." may be used |
| 2243 | as pointer, make sure that PLT is used if foo is |
| 2244 | a function defined in a shared library. */ |
| 2245 | if ((sec->flags & SEC_CODE) == 0) |
| 2246 | h->pointer_equality_needed = 1; |
| 2247 | else if (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC |
| 2248 | && bfd_link_pic (info)) |
| 2249 | { |
| 2250 | if (isym == NULL) |
| 2251 | name = h->root.root.string; |
| 2252 | else |
| 2253 | name = bfd_elf_sym_name (abfd, symtab_hdr, isym, |
| 2254 | NULL); |
| 2255 | _bfd_error_handler |
| 2256 | /* xgettext:c-format */ |
| 2257 | (_("%B: unsupported non-PIC call to IFUNC `%s'"), |
| 2258 | abfd, name); |
| 2259 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); |
| 2260 | goto error_return; |
| 2261 | } |
| 2262 | } |
| 2263 | else |
| 2264 | { |
| 2265 | h->pointer_equality_needed = 1; |
| 2266 | /* R_386_32 can be resolved at run-time. */ |
| 2267 | if (r_type == R_386_32 |
| 2268 | && (sec->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0) |
| 2269 | eh->func_pointer_refcount += 1; |
| 2270 | } |
| 2271 | } |
| 2272 | |
| 2273 | size_reloc = FALSE; |
| 2274 | do_size: |
| 2275 | /* If we are creating a shared library, and this is a reloc |
| 2276 | against a global symbol, or a non PC relative reloc |
| 2277 | against a local symbol, then we need to copy the reloc |
| 2278 | into the shared library. However, if we are linking with |
| 2279 | -Bsymbolic, we do not need to copy a reloc against a |
| 2280 | global symbol which is defined in an object we are |
| 2281 | including in the link (i.e., DEF_REGULAR is set). At |
| 2282 | this point we have not seen all the input files, so it is |
| 2283 | possible that DEF_REGULAR is not set now but will be set |
| 2284 | later (it is never cleared). In case of a weak definition, |
| 2285 | DEF_REGULAR may be cleared later by a strong definition in |
| 2286 | a shared library. We account for that possibility below by |
| 2287 | storing information in the relocs_copied field of the hash |
| 2288 | table entry. A similar situation occurs when creating |
| 2289 | shared libraries and symbol visibility changes render the |
| 2290 | symbol local. |
| 2291 | |
| 2292 | If on the other hand, we are creating an executable, we |
| 2293 | may need to keep relocations for symbols satisfied by a |
| 2294 | dynamic library if we manage to avoid copy relocs for the |
| 2295 | symbol. |
| 2296 | |
| 2297 | Generate dynamic pointer relocation against STT_GNU_IFUNC |
| 2298 | symbol in the non-code section. */ |
| 2299 | if ((bfd_link_pic (info) |
| 2300 | && (r_type != R_386_PC32 |
| 2301 | || (h != NULL |
| 2302 | && (! (bfd_link_pie (info) |
| 2303 | || SYMBOLIC_BIND (info, h)) |
| 2304 | || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak |
| 2305 | || !h->def_regular)))) |
| 2306 | || (h != NULL |
| 2307 | && h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC |
| 2308 | && r_type == R_386_32 |
| 2309 | && (sec->flags & SEC_CODE) == 0) |
| 2310 | || (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS |
| 2311 | && !bfd_link_pic (info) |
| 2312 | && h != NULL |
| 2313 | && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak |
| 2314 | || !h->def_regular))) |
| 2315 | { |
| 2316 | struct elf_dyn_relocs *p; |
| 2317 | struct elf_dyn_relocs **head; |
| 2318 | |
| 2319 | /* We must copy these reloc types into the output file. |
| 2320 | Create a reloc section in dynobj and make room for |
| 2321 | this reloc. */ |
| 2322 | if (sreloc == NULL) |
| 2323 | { |
| 2324 | if (htab->elf.dynobj == NULL) |
| 2325 | htab->elf.dynobj = abfd; |
| 2326 | |
| 2327 | sreloc = _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_reloc_section |
| 2328 | (sec, htab->elf.dynobj, 2, abfd, /*rela?*/ FALSE); |
| 2329 | |
| 2330 | if (sreloc == NULL) |
| 2331 | goto error_return; |
| 2332 | } |
| 2333 | |
| 2334 | /* If this is a global symbol, we count the number of |
| 2335 | relocations we need for this symbol. */ |
| 2336 | if (h != NULL) |
| 2337 | { |
| 2338 | head = &eh->dyn_relocs; |
| 2339 | } |
| 2340 | else |
| 2341 | { |
| 2342 | /* Track dynamic relocs needed for local syms too. |
| 2343 | We really need local syms available to do this |
| 2344 | easily. Oh well. */ |
| 2345 | void **vpp; |
| 2346 | asection *s; |
| 2347 | |
| 2348 | isym = bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab->sym_cache, |
| 2349 | abfd, r_symndx); |
| 2350 | if (isym == NULL) |
| 2351 | goto error_return; |
| 2352 | |
| 2353 | s = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd, isym->st_shndx); |
| 2354 | if (s == NULL) |
| 2355 | s = sec; |
| 2356 | |
| 2357 | vpp = &elf_section_data (s)->local_dynrel; |
| 2358 | head = (struct elf_dyn_relocs **)vpp; |
| 2359 | } |
| 2360 | |
| 2361 | p = *head; |
| 2362 | if (p == NULL || p->sec != sec) |
| 2363 | { |
| 2364 | bfd_size_type amt = sizeof *p; |
| 2365 | p = (struct elf_dyn_relocs *) bfd_alloc (htab->elf.dynobj, |
| 2366 | amt); |
| 2367 | if (p == NULL) |
| 2368 | goto error_return; |
| 2369 | p->next = *head; |
| 2370 | *head = p; |
| 2371 | p->sec = sec; |
| 2372 | p->count = 0; |
| 2373 | p->pc_count = 0; |
| 2374 | } |
| 2375 | |
| 2376 | p->count += 1; |
| 2377 | /* Count size relocation as PC-relative relocation. */ |
| 2378 | if (r_type == R_386_PC32 || size_reloc) |
| 2379 | p->pc_count += 1; |
| 2380 | } |
| 2381 | break; |
| 2382 | |
| 2383 | /* This relocation describes the C++ object vtable hierarchy. |
| 2384 | Reconstruct it for later use during GC. */ |
| 2385 | case R_386_GNU_VTINHERIT: |
| 2386 | if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtinherit (abfd, sec, h, rel->r_offset)) |
| 2387 | goto error_return; |
| 2388 | break; |
| 2389 | |
| 2390 | /* This relocation describes which C++ vtable entries are actually |
| 2391 | used. Record for later use during GC. */ |
| 2392 | case R_386_GNU_VTENTRY: |
| 2393 | BFD_ASSERT (h != NULL); |
| 2394 | if (h != NULL |
| 2395 | && !bfd_elf_gc_record_vtentry (abfd, sec, h, rel->r_offset)) |
| 2396 | goto error_return; |
| 2397 | break; |
| 2398 | |
| 2399 | default: |
| 2400 | break; |
| 2401 | } |
| 2402 | |
| 2403 | if (r_type == R_386_GOT32X |
| 2404 | && (h == NULL || h->type != STT_GNU_IFUNC)) |
| 2405 | sec->need_convert_load = 1; |
| 2406 | } |
| 2407 | |
| 2408 | if (elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != contents) |
| 2409 | { |
| 2410 | if (!info->keep_memory) |
| 2411 | free (contents); |
| 2412 | else |
| 2413 | { |
| 2414 | /* Cache the section contents for elf_link_input_bfd. */ |
| 2415 | elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents = contents; |
| 2416 | } |
| 2417 | } |
| 2418 | |
| 2419 | return TRUE; |
| 2420 | |
| 2421 | error_return: |
| 2422 | if (elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != contents) |
| 2423 | free (contents); |
| 2424 | sec->check_relocs_failed = 1; |
| 2425 | return FALSE; |
| 2426 | } |
| 2427 | |
| 2428 | /* Return the section that should be marked against GC for a given |
| 2429 | relocation. */ |
| 2430 | |
| 2431 | static asection * |
| 2432 | elf_i386_gc_mark_hook (asection *sec, |
| 2433 | struct bfd_link_info *info, |
| 2434 | Elf_Internal_Rela *rel, |
| 2435 | struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, |
| 2436 | Elf_Internal_Sym *sym) |
| 2437 | { |
| 2438 | if (h != NULL) |
| 2439 | switch (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info)) |
| 2440 | { |
| 2441 | case R_386_GNU_VTINHERIT: |
| 2442 | case R_386_GNU_VTENTRY: |
| 2443 | return NULL; |
| 2444 | } |
| 2445 | |
| 2446 | return _bfd_elf_gc_mark_hook (sec, info, rel, h, sym); |
| 2447 | } |
| 2448 | |
| 2449 | /* Remove undefined weak symbol from the dynamic symbol table if it |
| 2450 | is resolved to 0. */ |
| 2451 | |
| 2452 | static bfd_boolean |
| 2453 | elf_i386_fixup_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info, |
| 2454 | struct elf_link_hash_entry *h) |
| 2455 | { |
| 2456 | if (h->dynindx != -1 |
| 2457 | && UNDEFINED_WEAK_RESOLVED_TO_ZERO (info, |
| 2458 | elf_i386_hash_entry (h)->has_got_reloc, |
| 2459 | elf_i386_hash_entry (h))) |
| 2460 | { |
| 2461 | h->dynindx = -1; |
| 2462 | _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (elf_hash_table (info)->dynstr, |
| 2463 | h->dynstr_index); |
| 2464 | } |
| 2465 | return TRUE; |
| 2466 | } |
| 2467 | |
| 2468 | /* Adjust a symbol defined by a dynamic object and referenced by a |
| 2469 | regular object. The current definition is in some section of the |
| 2470 | dynamic object, but we're not including those sections. We have to |
| 2471 | change the definition to something the rest of the link can |
| 2472 | understand. */ |
| 2473 | |
| 2474 | static bfd_boolean |
| 2475 | elf_i386_adjust_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info, |
| 2476 | struct elf_link_hash_entry *h) |
| 2477 | { |
| 2478 | struct elf_i386_link_hash_table *htab; |
| 2479 | asection *s, *srel; |
| 2480 | struct elf_i386_link_hash_entry *eh; |
| 2481 | struct elf_dyn_relocs *p; |
| 2482 | |
| 2483 | /* STT_GNU_IFUNC symbol must go through PLT. */ |
| 2484 | if (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC) |
| 2485 | { |
| 2486 | /* All local STT_GNU_IFUNC references must be treate as local |
| 2487 | calls via local PLT. */ |
| 2488 | if (h->ref_regular |
| 2489 | && SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)) |
| 2490 | { |
| 2491 | bfd_size_type pc_count = 0, count = 0; |
| 2492 | struct elf_dyn_relocs **pp; |
| 2493 | |
| 2494 | eh = (struct elf_i386_link_hash_entry *) h; |
| 2495 | for (pp = &eh->dyn_relocs; (p = *pp) != NULL; ) |
| 2496 | { |
| 2497 | pc_count += p->pc_count; |
| 2498 | p->count -= p->pc_count; |
| 2499 | p->pc_count = 0; |
| 2500 | count += p->count; |
| 2501 | if (p->count == 0) |
| 2502 | *pp = p->next; |
| 2503 | else |
| 2504 | pp = &p->next; |
| 2505 | } |
| 2506 | |
| 2507 | if (pc_count || count) |
| 2508 | { |
| 2509 | h->non_got_ref = 1; |
| 2510 | if (pc_count) |
| 2511 | { |
| 2512 | /* Increment PLT reference count only for PC-relative |
| 2513 | references. */ |
| 2514 | h->needs_plt = 1; |
| 2515 | if (h->plt.refcount <= 0) |
| 2516 | h->plt.refcount = 1; |
| 2517 | else |
| 2518 | h->plt.refcount += 1; |
| 2519 | } |
| 2520 | } |
| 2521 | } |
| 2522 | |
| 2523 | if (h->plt.refcount <= 0) |
| 2524 | { |
| 2525 | h->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1; |
| 2526 | h->needs_plt = 0; |
| 2527 | } |
| 2528 | return TRUE; |
| 2529 | } |
| 2530 | |
| 2531 | /* If this is a function, put it in the procedure linkage table. We |
| 2532 | will fill in the contents of the procedure linkage table later, |
| 2533 | when we know the address of the .got section. */ |
| 2534 | if (h->type == STT_FUNC |
| 2535 | || h->needs_plt) |
| 2536 | { |
| 2537 | if (h->plt.refcount <= 0 |
| 2538 | || SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h) |
| 2539 | || (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) != STV_DEFAULT |
| 2540 | && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)) |
| 2541 | { |
| 2542 | /* This case can occur if we saw a PLT32 reloc in an input |
| 2543 | file, but the symbol was never referred to by a dynamic |
| 2544 | object, or if all references were garbage collected. In |
| 2545 | such a case, we don't actually need to build a procedure |
| 2546 | linkage table, and we can just do a PC32 reloc instead. */ |
| 2547 | h->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1; |
| 2548 | h->needs_plt = 0; |
| 2549 | } |
| 2550 | |
| 2551 | return TRUE; |
| 2552 | } |
| 2553 | else |
| 2554 | /* It's possible that we incorrectly decided a .plt reloc was |
| 2555 | needed for an R_386_PC32 reloc to a non-function sym in |
| 2556 | check_relocs. We can't decide accurately between function and |
| 2557 | non-function syms in check-relocs; Objects loaded later in |
| 2558 | the link may change h->type. So fix it now. */ |
| 2559 | h->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1; |
| 2560 | |
| 2561 | /* If this is a weak symbol, and there is a real definition, the |
| 2562 | processor independent code will have arranged for us to see the |
| 2563 | real definition first, and we can just use the same value. */ |
| 2564 | if (h->u.weakdef != NULL) |
| 2565 | { |
| 2566 | BFD_ASSERT (h->u.weakdef->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined |
| 2567 | || h->u.weakdef->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak); |
| 2568 | h->root.u.def.section = h->u.weakdef->root.u.def.section; |
| 2569 | h->root.u.def.value = h->u.weakdef->root.u.def.value; |
| 2570 | if (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS || info->nocopyreloc) |
| 2571 | h->non_got_ref = h->u.weakdef->non_got_ref; |
| 2572 | return TRUE; |
| 2573 | } |
| 2574 | |
| 2575 | /* This is a reference to a symbol defined by a dynamic object which |
| 2576 | is not a function. */ |
| 2577 | |
| 2578 | /* If we are creating a shared library, we must presume that the |
| 2579 | only references to the symbol are via the global offset table. |
| 2580 | For such cases we need not do anything here; the relocations will |
| 2581 | be handled correctly by relocate_section. */ |
| 2582 | if (!bfd_link_executable (info)) |
| 2583 | return TRUE; |
| 2584 | |
| 2585 | /* If there are no references to this symbol that do not use the |
| 2586 | GOT nor R_386_GOTOFF relocation, we don't need to generate a copy |
| 2587 | reloc. */ |
| 2588 | eh = (struct elf_i386_link_hash_entry *) h; |
| 2589 | if (!h->non_got_ref && !eh->gotoff_ref) |
| 2590 | return TRUE; |
| 2591 | |
| 2592 | /* If -z nocopyreloc was given, we won't generate them either. */ |
| 2593 | if (info->nocopyreloc) |
| 2594 | { |
| 2595 | h->non_got_ref = 0; |
| 2596 | return TRUE; |
| 2597 | } |
| 2598 | |
| 2599 | htab = elf_i386_hash_table (info); |
| 2600 | if (htab == NULL) |
| 2601 | return FALSE; |
| 2602 | |
| 2603 | /* If there aren't any dynamic relocs in read-only sections nor |
| 2604 | R_386_GOTOFF relocation, then we can keep the dynamic relocs and |
| 2605 | avoid the copy reloc. This doesn't work on VxWorks, where we can |
| 2606 | not have dynamic relocations (other than copy and jump slot |
| 2607 | relocations) in an executable. */ |
| 2608 | if (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS |
| 2609 | && !eh->gotoff_ref |
| 2610 | && !get_elf_i386_backend_data (info->output_bfd)->is_vxworks) |
| 2611 | { |
| 2612 | for (p = eh->dyn_relocs; p != NULL; p = p->next) |
| 2613 | { |
| 2614 | s = p->sec->output_section; |
| 2615 | if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_READONLY) != 0) |
| 2616 | break; |
| 2617 | } |
| 2618 | |
| 2619 | if (p == NULL) |
| 2620 | { |
| 2621 | h->non_got_ref = 0; |
| 2622 | return TRUE; |
| 2623 | } |
| 2624 | } |
| 2625 | |
| 2626 | /* We must allocate the symbol in our .dynbss section, which will |
| 2627 | become part of the .bss section of the executable. There will be |
| 2628 | an entry for this symbol in the .dynsym section. The dynamic |
| 2629 | object will contain position independent code, so all references |
| 2630 | from the dynamic object to this symbol will go through the global |
| 2631 | offset table. The dynamic linker will use the .dynsym entry to |
| 2632 | determine the address it must put in the global offset table, so |
| 2633 | both the dynamic object and the regular object will refer to the |
| 2634 | same memory location for the variable. */ |
| 2635 | |
| 2636 | /* We must generate a R_386_COPY reloc to tell the dynamic linker to |
| 2637 | copy the initial value out of the dynamic object and into the |
| 2638 | runtime process image. */ |
| 2639 | if ((h->root.u.def.section->flags & SEC_READONLY) != 0) |
| 2640 | { |
| 2641 | s = htab->elf.sdynrelro; |
| 2642 | srel = htab->elf.sreldynrelro; |
| 2643 | } |
| 2644 | else |
| 2645 | { |
| 2646 | s = htab->elf.sdynbss; |
| 2647 | srel = htab->elf.srelbss; |
| 2648 | } |
| 2649 | if ((h->root.u.def.section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0 && h->size != 0) |
| 2650 | { |
| 2651 | srel->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel); |
| 2652 | h->needs_copy = 1; |
| 2653 | } |
| 2654 | |
| 2655 | return _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_copy (info, h, s); |
| 2656 | } |
| 2657 | |
| 2658 | /* Allocate space in .plt, .got and associated reloc sections for |
| 2659 | dynamic relocs. */ |
| 2660 | |
| 2661 | static bfd_boolean |
| 2662 | elf_i386_allocate_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *inf) |
| 2663 | { |
| 2664 | struct bfd_link_info *info; |
| 2665 | struct elf_i386_link_hash_table *htab; |
| 2666 | struct elf_i386_link_hash_entry *eh; |
| 2667 | struct elf_dyn_relocs *p; |
| 2668 | unsigned plt_entry_size; |
| 2669 | bfd_boolean resolved_to_zero; |
| 2670 | |
| 2671 | if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect) |
| 2672 | return TRUE; |
| 2673 | |
| 2674 | eh = (struct elf_i386_link_hash_entry *) h; |
| 2675 | |
| 2676 | info = (struct bfd_link_info *) inf; |
| 2677 | htab = elf_i386_hash_table (info); |
| 2678 | if (htab == NULL) |
| 2679 | return FALSE; |
| 2680 | |
| 2681 | plt_entry_size = GET_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE (info->output_bfd); |
| 2682 | |
| 2683 | resolved_to_zero = UNDEFINED_WEAK_RESOLVED_TO_ZERO (info, |
| 2684 | eh->has_got_reloc, |
| 2685 | eh); |
| 2686 | |
| 2687 | /* Clear the reference count of function pointer relocations if |
| 2688 | symbol isn't a normal function. */ |
| 2689 | if (h->type != STT_FUNC) |
| 2690 | eh->func_pointer_refcount = 0; |
| 2691 | |
| 2692 | /* We can't use the GOT PLT if pointer equality is needed since |
| 2693 | finish_dynamic_symbol won't clear symbol value and the dynamic |
| 2694 | linker won't update the GOT slot. We will get into an infinite |
| 2695 | loop at run-time. */ |
| 2696 | if (htab->plt_got != NULL |
| 2697 | && h->type != STT_GNU_IFUNC |
| 2698 | && !h->pointer_equality_needed |
| 2699 | && h->plt.refcount > 0 |
| 2700 | && h->got.refcount > 0) |
| 2701 | { |
| 2702 | /* Don't use the regular PLT if there are both GOT and GOTPLT |
| 2703 | reloctions. */ |
| 2704 | h->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1; |
| 2705 | |
| 2706 | /* Use the GOT PLT. */ |
| 2707 | eh->plt_got.refcount = 1; |
| 2708 | } |
| 2709 | |
| 2710 | /* Since STT_GNU_IFUNC symbol must go through PLT, we handle it |
| 2711 | here if it is defined and referenced in a non-shared object. */ |
| 2712 | if (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC |
| 2713 | && h->def_regular) |
| 2714 | return _bfd_elf_allocate_ifunc_dyn_relocs (info, h, &eh->dyn_relocs, |
| 2715 | &htab->readonly_dynrelocs_against_ifunc, |
| 2716 | plt_entry_size, |
| 2717 | plt_entry_size, 4, TRUE); |
| 2718 | /* Don't create the PLT entry if there are only function pointer |
| 2719 | relocations which can be resolved at run-time. */ |
| 2720 | else if (htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created |
| 2721 | && (h->plt.refcount > eh->func_pointer_refcount |
| 2722 | || eh->plt_got.refcount > 0)) |
| 2723 | { |
| 2724 | bfd_boolean use_plt_got; |
| 2725 | |
| 2726 | /* Clear the reference count of function pointer relocations |
| 2727 | if PLT is used. */ |
| 2728 | eh->func_pointer_refcount = 0; |
| 2729 | |
| 2730 | if (htab->plt_got != NULL |
| 2731 | && (info->flags & DF_BIND_NOW) |
| 2732 | && !h->pointer_equality_needed) |
| 2733 | { |
| 2734 | /* Don't use the regular PLT for DF_BIND_NOW. */ |
| 2735 | h->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1; |
| 2736 | |
| 2737 | /* Use the GOT PLT. */ |
| 2738 | h->got.refcount = 1; |
| 2739 | eh->plt_got.refcount = 1; |
| 2740 | } |
| 2741 | |
| 2742 | use_plt_got = eh->plt_got.refcount > 0; |
| 2743 | |
| 2744 | /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol. |
| 2745 | Undefined weak syms won't yet be marked as dynamic. */ |
| 2746 | if (h->dynindx == -1 |
| 2747 | && !h->forced_local |
| 2748 | && !resolved_to_zero |
| 2749 | && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak) |
| 2750 | { |
| 2751 | if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h)) |
| 2752 | return FALSE; |
| 2753 | } |
| 2754 | |
| 2755 | if (bfd_link_pic (info) |
| 2756 | || WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (1, 0, h)) |
| 2757 | { |
| 2758 | asection *s = htab->elf.splt; |
| 2759 | asection *got_s = htab->plt_got; |
| 2760 | |
| 2761 | /* If this is the first .plt entry, make room for the special |
| 2762 | first entry. The .plt section is used by prelink to undo |
| 2763 | prelinking for dynamic relocations. */ |
| 2764 | if (s->size == 0) |
| 2765 | s->size = plt_entry_size; |
| 2766 | |
| 2767 | if (use_plt_got) |
| 2768 | eh->plt_got.offset = got_s->size; |
| 2769 | else |
| 2770 | h->plt.offset = s->size; |
| 2771 | |
| 2772 | /* If this symbol is not defined in a regular file, and we are |
| 2773 | not generating a shared library, then set the symbol to this |
| 2774 | location in the .plt. This is required to make function |
| 2775 | pointers compare as equal between the normal executable and |
| 2776 | the shared library. */ |
| 2777 | if (! bfd_link_pic (info) |
| 2778 | && !h->def_regular) |
| 2779 | { |
| 2780 | if (use_plt_got) |
| 2781 | { |
| 2782 | /* We need to make a call to the entry of the GOT PLT |
| 2783 | instead of regular PLT entry. */ |
| 2784 | h->root.u.def.section = got_s; |
| 2785 | h->root.u.def.value = eh->plt_got.offset; |
| 2786 | } |
| 2787 | else |
| 2788 | { |
| 2789 | h->root.u.def.section = s; |
| 2790 | h->root.u.def.value = h->plt.offset; |
| 2791 | } |
| 2792 | } |
| 2793 | |
| 2794 | /* Make room for this entry. */ |
| 2795 | if (use_plt_got) |
| 2796 | got_s->size += sizeof (elf_i386_got_plt_entry); |
| 2797 | else |
| 2798 | { |
| 2799 | s->size += plt_entry_size; |
| 2800 | |
| 2801 | /* We also need to make an entry in the .got.plt section, |
| 2802 | which will be placed in the .got section by the linker |
| 2803 | script. */ |
| 2804 | htab->elf.sgotplt->size += 4; |
| 2805 | |
| 2806 | /* There should be no PLT relocation against resolved |
| 2807 | undefined weak symbol in executable. */ |
| 2808 | if (!resolved_to_zero) |
| 2809 | { |
| 2810 | /* We also need to make an entry in the .rel.plt |
| 2811 | section. */ |
| 2812 | htab->elf.srelplt->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel); |
| 2813 | htab->elf.srelplt->reloc_count++; |
| 2814 | } |
| 2815 | } |
| 2816 | |
| 2817 | if (get_elf_i386_backend_data (info->output_bfd)->is_vxworks |
| 2818 | && !bfd_link_pic (info)) |
| 2819 | { |
| 2820 | /* VxWorks has a second set of relocations for each PLT entry |
| 2821 | in executables. They go in a separate relocation section, |
| 2822 | which is processed by the kernel loader. */ |
| 2823 | |
| 2824 | /* There are two relocations for the initial PLT entry: an |
| 2825 | R_386_32 relocation for _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ + 4 and an |
| 2826 | R_386_32 relocation for _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ + 8. */ |
| 2827 | |
| 2828 | if (h->plt.offset == plt_entry_size) |
| 2829 | htab->srelplt2->size += (sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel) * 2); |
| 2830 | |
| 2831 | /* There are two extra relocations for each subsequent PLT entry: |
| 2832 | an R_386_32 relocation for the GOT entry, and an R_386_32 |
| 2833 | relocation for the PLT entry. */ |
| 2834 | |
| 2835 | htab->srelplt2->size += (sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel) * 2); |
| 2836 | } |
| 2837 | } |
| 2838 | else |
| 2839 | { |
| 2840 | eh->plt_got.offset = (bfd_vma) -1; |
| 2841 | h->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1; |
| 2842 | h->needs_plt = 0; |
| 2843 | } |
| 2844 | } |
| 2845 | else |
| 2846 | { |
| 2847 | eh->plt_got.offset = (bfd_vma) -1; |
| 2848 | h->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1; |
| 2849 | h->needs_plt = 0; |
| 2850 | } |
| 2851 | |
| 2852 | eh->tlsdesc_got = (bfd_vma) -1; |
| 2853 | |
| 2854 | /* If R_386_TLS_{IE_32,IE,GOTIE} symbol is now local to the binary, |
| 2855 | make it a R_386_TLS_LE_32 requiring no TLS entry. */ |
| 2856 | if (h->got.refcount > 0 |
| 2857 | && bfd_link_executable (info) |
| 2858 | && h->dynindx == -1 |
| 2859 | && (elf_i386_hash_entry(h)->tls_type & GOT_TLS_IE)) |
| 2860 | h->got.offset = (bfd_vma) -1; |
| 2861 | else if (h->got.refcount > 0) |
| 2862 | { |
| 2863 | asection *s; |
| 2864 | bfd_boolean dyn; |
| 2865 | int tls_type = elf_i386_hash_entry(h)->tls_type; |
| 2866 | |
| 2867 | /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol. |
| 2868 | Undefined weak syms won't yet be marked as dynamic. */ |
| 2869 | if (h->dynindx == -1 |
| 2870 | && !h->forced_local |
| 2871 | && !resolved_to_zero |
| 2872 | && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak) |
| 2873 | { |
| 2874 | if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h)) |
| 2875 | return FALSE; |
| 2876 | } |
| 2877 | |
| 2878 | s = htab->elf.sgot; |
| 2879 | if (GOT_TLS_GDESC_P (tls_type)) |
| 2880 | { |
| 2881 | eh->tlsdesc_got = htab->elf.sgotplt->size |
| 2882 | - elf_i386_compute_jump_table_size (htab); |
| 2883 | htab->elf.sgotplt->size += 8; |
| 2884 | h->got.offset = (bfd_vma) -2; |
| 2885 | } |
| 2886 | if (! GOT_TLS_GDESC_P (tls_type) |
| 2887 | || GOT_TLS_GD_P (tls_type)) |
| 2888 | { |
| 2889 | h->got.offset = s->size; |
| 2890 | s->size += 4; |
| 2891 | /* R_386_TLS_GD needs 2 consecutive GOT slots. */ |
| 2892 | if (GOT_TLS_GD_P (tls_type) || tls_type == GOT_TLS_IE_BOTH) |
| 2893 | s->size += 4; |
| 2894 | } |
| 2895 | dyn = htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created; |
| 2896 | /* R_386_TLS_IE_32 needs one dynamic relocation, |
| 2897 | R_386_TLS_IE resp. R_386_TLS_GOTIE needs one dynamic relocation, |
| 2898 | (but if both R_386_TLS_IE_32 and R_386_TLS_IE is present, we |
| 2899 | need two), R_386_TLS_GD needs one if local symbol and two if |
| 2900 | global. No dynamic relocation against resolved undefined weak |
| 2901 | symbol in executable. */ |
| 2902 | if (tls_type == GOT_TLS_IE_BOTH) |
| 2903 | htab->elf.srelgot->size += 2 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel); |
| 2904 | else if ((GOT_TLS_GD_P (tls_type) && h->dynindx == -1) |
| 2905 | || (tls_type & GOT_TLS_IE)) |
| 2906 | htab->elf.srelgot->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel); |
| 2907 | else if (GOT_TLS_GD_P (tls_type)) |
| 2908 | htab->elf.srelgot->size += 2 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel); |
| 2909 | else if (! GOT_TLS_GDESC_P (tls_type) |
| 2910 | && ((ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT |
| 2911 | && !resolved_to_zero) |
| 2912 | || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak) |
| 2913 | && (bfd_link_pic (info) |
| 2914 | || WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn, 0, h))) |
| 2915 | htab->elf.srelgot->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel); |
| 2916 | if (GOT_TLS_GDESC_P (tls_type)) |
| 2917 | htab->elf.srelplt->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel); |
| 2918 | } |
| 2919 | else |
| 2920 | h->got.offset = (bfd_vma) -1; |
| 2921 | |
| 2922 | if (eh->dyn_relocs == NULL) |
| 2923 | return TRUE; |
| 2924 | |
| 2925 | /* In the shared -Bsymbolic case, discard space allocated for |
| 2926 | dynamic pc-relative relocs against symbols which turn out to be |
| 2927 | defined in regular objects. For the normal shared case, discard |
| 2928 | space for pc-relative relocs that have become local due to symbol |
| 2929 | visibility changes. */ |
| 2930 | |
| 2931 | if (bfd_link_pic (info)) |
| 2932 | { |
| 2933 | /* The only reloc that uses pc_count is R_386_PC32, which will |
| 2934 | appear on a call or on something like ".long foo - .". We |
| 2935 | want calls to protected symbols to resolve directly to the |
| 2936 | function rather than going via the plt. If people want |
| 2937 | function pointer comparisons to work as expected then they |
| 2938 | should avoid writing assembly like ".long foo - .". */ |
| 2939 | if (SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)) |
| 2940 | { |
| 2941 | struct elf_dyn_relocs **pp; |
| 2942 | |
| 2943 | for (pp = &eh->dyn_relocs; (p = *pp) != NULL; ) |
| 2944 | { |
| 2945 | p->count -= p->pc_count; |
| 2946 | p->pc_count = 0; |
| 2947 | if (p->count == 0) |
| 2948 | *pp = p->next; |
| 2949 | else |
| 2950 | pp = &p->next; |
| 2951 | } |
| 2952 | } |
| 2953 | |
| 2954 | if (get_elf_i386_backend_data (info->output_bfd)->is_vxworks) |
| 2955 | { |
| 2956 | struct elf_dyn_relocs **pp; |
| 2957 | for (pp = &eh->dyn_relocs; (p = *pp) != NULL; ) |
| 2958 | { |
| 2959 | if (strcmp (p->sec->output_section->name, ".tls_vars") == 0) |
| 2960 | *pp = p->next; |
| 2961 | else |
| 2962 | pp = &p->next; |
| 2963 | } |
| 2964 | } |
| 2965 | |
| 2966 | /* Also discard relocs on undefined weak syms with non-default |
| 2967 | visibility or in PIE. */ |
| 2968 | if (eh->dyn_relocs != NULL |
| 2969 | && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak) |
| 2970 | { |
| 2971 | /* Undefined weak symbol is never bound locally in shared |
| 2972 | library. */ |
| 2973 | if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) != STV_DEFAULT |
| 2974 | || resolved_to_zero) |
| 2975 | { |
| 2976 | if (h->non_got_ref) |
| 2977 | { |
| 2978 | /* Keep dynamic non-GOT/non-PLT relocation so that we |
| 2979 | can branch to 0 without PLT. */ |
| 2980 | struct elf_dyn_relocs **pp; |
| 2981 | |
| 2982 | for (pp = &eh->dyn_relocs; (p = *pp) != NULL; ) |
| 2983 | if (p->pc_count == 0) |
| 2984 | *pp = p->next; |
| 2985 | else |
| 2986 | { |
| 2987 | /* Remove non-R_386_PC32 relocation. */ |
| 2988 | p->count = p->pc_count; |
| 2989 | pp = &p->next; |
| 2990 | } |
| 2991 | |
| 2992 | if (eh->dyn_relocs != NULL) |
| 2993 | { |
| 2994 | /* Make sure undefined weak symbols are output |
| 2995 | as dynamic symbols in PIEs for dynamic non-GOT |
| 2996 | non-PLT reloations. */ |
| 2997 | if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h)) |
| 2998 | return FALSE; |
| 2999 | } |
| 3000 | } |
| 3001 | else |
| 3002 | eh->dyn_relocs = NULL; |
| 3003 | } |
| 3004 | else if (h->dynindx == -1 |
| 3005 | && !h->forced_local) |
| 3006 | { |
| 3007 | if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h)) |
| 3008 | return FALSE; |
| 3009 | } |
| 3010 | } |
| 3011 | } |
| 3012 | else if (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS) |
| 3013 | { |
| 3014 | /* For the non-shared case, discard space for relocs against |
| 3015 | symbols which turn out to need copy relocs or are not |
| 3016 | dynamic. Keep dynamic relocations for run-time function |
| 3017 | pointer initialization. */ |
| 3018 | |
| 3019 | if ((!h->non_got_ref |
| 3020 | || eh->func_pointer_refcount > 0 |
| 3021 | || (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak |
| 3022 | && !resolved_to_zero)) |
| 3023 | && ((h->def_dynamic |
| 3024 | && !h->def_regular) |
| 3025 | || (htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created |
| 3026 | && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak |
| 3027 | || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefined)))) |
| 3028 | { |
| 3029 | /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol. |
| 3030 | Undefined weak syms won't yet be marked as dynamic. */ |
| 3031 | if (h->dynindx == -1 |
| 3032 | && !h->forced_local |
| 3033 | && !resolved_to_zero |
| 3034 | && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak) |
| 3035 | { |
| 3036 | if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h)) |
| 3037 | return FALSE; |
| 3038 | } |
| 3039 | |
| 3040 | /* If that succeeded, we know we'll be keeping all the |
| 3041 | relocs. */ |
| 3042 | if (h->dynindx != -1) |
| 3043 | goto keep; |
| 3044 | } |
| 3045 | |
| 3046 | eh->dyn_relocs = NULL; |
| 3047 | eh->func_pointer_refcount = 0; |
| 3048 | |
| 3049 | keep: ; |
| 3050 | } |
| 3051 | |
| 3052 | /* Finally, allocate space. */ |
| 3053 | for (p = eh->dyn_relocs; p != NULL; p = p->next) |
| 3054 | { |
| 3055 | asection *sreloc; |
| 3056 | |
| 3057 | sreloc = elf_section_data (p->sec)->sreloc; |
| 3058 | |
| 3059 | BFD_ASSERT (sreloc != NULL); |
| 3060 | sreloc->size += p->count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel); |
| 3061 | } |
| 3062 | |
| 3063 | return TRUE; |
| 3064 | } |
| 3065 | |
| 3066 | /* Allocate space in .plt, .got and associated reloc sections for |
| 3067 | local dynamic relocs. */ |
| 3068 | |
| 3069 | static bfd_boolean |
| 3070 | elf_i386_allocate_local_dynrelocs (void **slot, void *inf) |
| 3071 | { |
| 3072 | struct elf_link_hash_entry *h |
| 3073 | = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) *slot; |
| 3074 | |
| 3075 | if (h->type != STT_GNU_IFUNC |
| 3076 | || !h->def_regular |
| 3077 | || !h->ref_regular |
| 3078 | || !h->forced_local |
| 3079 | || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_defined) |
| 3080 | abort (); |
| 3081 | |
| 3082 | return elf_i386_allocate_dynrelocs (h, inf); |
| 3083 | } |
| 3084 | |
| 3085 | /* Find any dynamic relocs that apply to read-only sections. */ |
| 3086 | |
| 3087 | static bfd_boolean |
| 3088 | elf_i386_readonly_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *inf) |
| 3089 | { |
| 3090 | struct elf_i386_link_hash_entry *eh; |
| 3091 | struct elf_dyn_relocs *p; |
| 3092 | |
| 3093 | /* Skip local IFUNC symbols. */ |
| 3094 | if (h->forced_local && h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC) |
| 3095 | return TRUE; |
| 3096 | |
| 3097 | eh = (struct elf_i386_link_hash_entry *) h; |
| 3098 | for (p = eh->dyn_relocs; p != NULL; p = p->next) |
| 3099 | { |
| 3100 | asection *s = p->sec->output_section; |
| 3101 | |
| 3102 | if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_READONLY) != 0) |
| 3103 | { |
| 3104 | struct bfd_link_info *info = (struct bfd_link_info *) inf; |
| 3105 | |
| 3106 | info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL; |
| 3107 | |
| 3108 | if ((info->warn_shared_textrel && bfd_link_pic (info)) |
| 3109 | || info->error_textrel) |
| 3110 | /* xgettext:c-format */ |
| 3111 | info->callbacks->einfo (_("%P: %B: warning: relocation against `%s' in readonly section `%A'\n"), |
| 3112 | p->sec->owner, h->root.root.string, |
| 3113 | p->sec); |
| 3114 | |
| 3115 | /* Not an error, just cut short the traversal. */ |
| 3116 | return FALSE; |
| 3117 | } |
| 3118 | } |
| 3119 | return TRUE; |
| 3120 | } |
| 3121 | |
| 3122 | /* Convert load via the GOT slot to load immediate. */ |
| 3123 | |
| 3124 | static bfd_boolean |
| 3125 | elf_i386_convert_load (bfd *abfd, asection *sec, |
| 3126 | struct bfd_link_info *link_info) |
| 3127 | { |
| 3128 | struct elf_i386_link_hash_table *htab; |
| 3129 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr; |
| 3130 | Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs; |
| 3131 | Elf_Internal_Rela *irel, *irelend; |
| 3132 | bfd_byte *contents; |
| 3133 | bfd_boolean changed; |
| 3134 | bfd_signed_vma *local_got_refcounts; |
| 3135 | |
| 3136 | /* Don't even try to convert non-ELF outputs. */ |
| 3137 | if (!is_elf_hash_table (link_info->hash)) |
| 3138 | return FALSE; |
| 3139 | |
| 3140 | /* Nothing to do if there is no need or no output. */ |
| 3141 | if ((sec->flags & (SEC_CODE | SEC_RELOC)) != (SEC_CODE | SEC_RELOC) |
| 3142 | || sec->need_convert_load == 0 |
| 3143 | || bfd_is_abs_section (sec->output_section)) |
| 3144 | return TRUE; |
| 3145 | |
| 3146 | symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr; |
| 3147 | |
| 3148 | /* Load the relocations for this section. */ |
| 3149 | internal_relocs = (_bfd_elf_link_read_relocs |
| 3150 | (abfd, sec, NULL, (Elf_Internal_Rela *) NULL, |
| 3151 | link_info->keep_memory)); |
| 3152 | if (internal_relocs == NULL) |
| 3153 | return FALSE; |
| 3154 | |
| 3155 | changed = FALSE; |
| 3156 | htab = elf_i386_hash_table (link_info); |
| 3157 | local_got_refcounts = elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd); |
| 3158 | |
| 3159 | /* Get the section contents. */ |
| 3160 | if (elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != NULL) |
| 3161 | contents = elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents; |
| 3162 | else |
| 3163 | { |
| 3164 | if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, sec, &contents)) |
| 3165 | goto error_return; |
| 3166 | } |
| 3167 | |
| 3168 | irelend = internal_relocs + sec->reloc_count; |
| 3169 | for (irel = internal_relocs; irel < irelend; irel++) |
| 3170 | { |
| 3171 | unsigned int r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info); |
| 3172 | unsigned int r_symndx; |
| 3173 | struct elf_link_hash_entry *h; |
| 3174 | bfd_boolean converted; |
| 3175 | |
| 3176 | /* Don't convert R_386_GOT32 since we can't tell if it is applied |
| 3177 | to "mov $foo@GOT, %reg" which isn't a load via GOT. */ |
| 3178 | if (r_type != R_386_GOT32X) |
| 3179 | continue; |
| 3180 | |
| 3181 | r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (irel->r_info); |
| 3182 | if (r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info) |
| 3183 | h = elf_i386_get_local_sym_hash (htab, sec->owner, |
| 3184 | (const Elf_Internal_Rela *) irel, |
| 3185 | FALSE); |
| 3186 | else |
| 3187 | { |
| 3188 | h = elf_sym_hashes (abfd)[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info]; |
| 3189 | while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect |
| 3190 | || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning) |
| 3191 | h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link; |
| 3192 | } |
| 3193 | |
| 3194 | /* STT_GNU_IFUNC must keep GOT32 relocations. */ |
| 3195 | if (h != NULL && h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC) |
| 3196 | continue; |
| 3197 | |
| 3198 | converted = FALSE; |
| 3199 | if (!elf_i386_convert_load_reloc (abfd, symtab_hdr, contents, |
| 3200 | irel, h, &converted, link_info)) |
| 3201 | goto error_return; |
| 3202 | |
| 3203 | if (converted) |
| 3204 | { |
| 3205 | changed = converted; |
| 3206 | if (h) |
| 3207 | { |
| 3208 | if (h->got.refcount > 0) |
| 3209 | h->got.refcount -= 1; |
| 3210 | } |
| 3211 | else |
| 3212 | { |
| 3213 | if (local_got_refcounts != NULL |
| 3214 | && local_got_refcounts[r_symndx] > 0) |
| 3215 | local_got_refcounts[r_symndx] -= 1; |
| 3216 | } |
| 3217 | } |
| 3218 | } |
| 3219 | |
| 3220 | if (contents != NULL |
| 3221 | && elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != contents) |
| 3222 | { |
| 3223 | if (!changed && !link_info->keep_memory) |
| 3224 | free (contents); |
| 3225 | else |
| 3226 | { |
| 3227 | /* Cache the section contents for elf_link_input_bfd. */ |
| 3228 | elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents = contents; |
| 3229 | } |
| 3230 | } |
| 3231 | |
| 3232 | if (elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != internal_relocs) |
| 3233 | { |
| 3234 | if (!changed) |
| 3235 | free (internal_relocs); |
| 3236 | else |
| 3237 | elf_section_data (sec)->relocs = internal_relocs; |
| 3238 | } |
| 3239 | |
| 3240 | return TRUE; |
| 3241 | |
| 3242 | error_return: |
| 3243 | if (contents != NULL |
| 3244 | && elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != contents) |
| 3245 | free (contents); |
| 3246 | if (internal_relocs != NULL |
| 3247 | && elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != internal_relocs) |
| 3248 | free (internal_relocs); |
| 3249 | return FALSE; |
| 3250 | } |
| 3251 | |
| 3252 | /* Set the sizes of the dynamic sections. */ |
| 3253 | |
| 3254 | static bfd_boolean |
| 3255 | elf_i386_size_dynamic_sections (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info) |
| 3256 | { |
| 3257 | struct elf_i386_link_hash_table *htab; |
| 3258 | bfd *dynobj; |
| 3259 | asection *s; |
| 3260 | bfd_boolean relocs; |
| 3261 | bfd *ibfd; |
| 3262 | |
| 3263 | htab = elf_i386_hash_table (info); |
| 3264 | if (htab == NULL) |
| 3265 | return FALSE; |
| 3266 | dynobj = htab->elf.dynobj; |
| 3267 | if (dynobj == NULL) |
| 3268 | abort (); |
| 3269 | |
| 3270 | /* Set up .got offsets for local syms, and space for local dynamic |
| 3271 | relocs. */ |
| 3272 | for (ibfd = info->input_bfds; ibfd != NULL; ibfd = ibfd->link.next) |
| 3273 | { |
| 3274 | bfd_signed_vma *local_got; |
| 3275 | bfd_signed_vma *end_local_got; |
| 3276 | char *local_tls_type; |
| 3277 | bfd_vma *local_tlsdesc_gotent; |
| 3278 | bfd_size_type locsymcount; |
| 3279 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr; |
| 3280 | asection *srel; |
| 3281 | |
| 3282 | if (! is_i386_elf (ibfd)) |
| 3283 | continue; |
| 3284 | |
| 3285 | for (s = ibfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next) |
| 3286 | { |
| 3287 | struct elf_dyn_relocs *p; |
| 3288 | |
| 3289 | if (!elf_i386_convert_load (ibfd, s, info)) |
| 3290 | return FALSE; |
| 3291 | |
| 3292 | for (p = ((struct elf_dyn_relocs *) |
| 3293 | elf_section_data (s)->local_dynrel); |
| 3294 | p != NULL; |
| 3295 | p = p->next) |
| 3296 | { |
| 3297 | if (!bfd_is_abs_section (p->sec) |
| 3298 | && bfd_is_abs_section (p->sec->output_section)) |
| 3299 | { |
| 3300 | /* Input section has been discarded, either because |
| 3301 | it is a copy of a linkonce section or due to |
| 3302 | linker script /DISCARD/, so we'll be discarding |
| 3303 | the relocs too. */ |
| 3304 | } |
| 3305 | else if (get_elf_i386_backend_data (output_bfd)->is_vxworks |
| 3306 | && strcmp (p->sec->output_section->name, |
| 3307 | ".tls_vars") == 0) |
| 3308 | { |
| 3309 | /* Relocations in vxworks .tls_vars sections are |
| 3310 | handled specially by the loader. */ |
| 3311 | } |
| 3312 | else if (p->count != 0) |
| 3313 | { |
| 3314 | srel = elf_section_data (p->sec)->sreloc; |
| 3315 | srel->size += p->count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel); |
| 3316 | if ((p->sec->output_section->flags & SEC_READONLY) != 0 |
| 3317 | && (info->flags & DF_TEXTREL) == 0) |
| 3318 | { |
| 3319 | info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL; |
| 3320 | if ((info->warn_shared_textrel && bfd_link_pic (info)) |
| 3321 | || info->error_textrel) |
| 3322 | /* xgettext:c-format */ |
| 3323 | info->callbacks->einfo (_("%P: %B: warning: relocation in readonly section `%A'\n"), |
| 3324 | p->sec->owner, p->sec); |
| 3325 | } |
| 3326 | } |
| 3327 | } |
| 3328 | } |
| 3329 | |
| 3330 | local_got = elf_local_got_refcounts (ibfd); |
| 3331 | if (!local_got) |
| 3332 | continue; |
| 3333 | |
| 3334 | symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd); |
| 3335 | locsymcount = symtab_hdr->sh_info; |
| 3336 | end_local_got = local_got + locsymcount; |
| 3337 | local_tls_type = elf_i386_local_got_tls_type (ibfd); |
| 3338 | local_tlsdesc_gotent = elf_i386_local_tlsdesc_gotent (ibfd); |
| 3339 | s = htab->elf.sgot; |
| 3340 | srel = htab->elf.srelgot; |
| 3341 | for (; local_got < end_local_got; |
| 3342 | ++local_got, ++local_tls_type, ++local_tlsdesc_gotent) |
| 3343 | { |
| 3344 | *local_tlsdesc_gotent = (bfd_vma) -1; |
| 3345 | if (*local_got > 0) |
| 3346 | { |
| 3347 | if (GOT_TLS_GDESC_P (*local_tls_type)) |
| 3348 | { |
| 3349 | *local_tlsdesc_gotent = htab->elf.sgotplt->size |
| 3350 | - elf_i386_compute_jump_table_size (htab); |
| 3351 | htab->elf.sgotplt->size += 8; |
| 3352 | *local_got = (bfd_vma) -2; |
| 3353 | } |
| 3354 | if (! GOT_TLS_GDESC_P (*local_tls_type) |
| 3355 | || GOT_TLS_GD_P (*local_tls_type)) |
| 3356 | { |
| 3357 | *local_got = s->size; |
| 3358 | s->size += 4; |
| 3359 | if (GOT_TLS_GD_P (*local_tls_type) |
| 3360 | || *local_tls_type == GOT_TLS_IE_BOTH) |
| 3361 | s->size += 4; |
| 3362 | } |
| 3363 | if (bfd_link_pic (info) |
| 3364 | || GOT_TLS_GD_ANY_P (*local_tls_type) |
| 3365 | || (*local_tls_type & GOT_TLS_IE)) |
| 3366 | { |
| 3367 | if (*local_tls_type == GOT_TLS_IE_BOTH) |
| 3368 | srel->size += 2 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel); |
| 3369 | else if (GOT_TLS_GD_P (*local_tls_type) |
| 3370 | || ! GOT_TLS_GDESC_P (*local_tls_type)) |
| 3371 | srel->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel); |
| 3372 | if (GOT_TLS_GDESC_P (*local_tls_type)) |
| 3373 | htab->elf.srelplt->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel); |
| 3374 | } |
| 3375 | } |
| 3376 | else |
| 3377 | *local_got = (bfd_vma) -1; |
| 3378 | } |
| 3379 | } |
| 3380 | |
| 3381 | if (htab->tls_ldm_got.refcount > 0) |
| 3382 | { |
| 3383 | /* Allocate 2 got entries and 1 dynamic reloc for R_386_TLS_LDM |
| 3384 | relocs. */ |
| 3385 | htab->tls_ldm_got.offset = htab->elf.sgot->size; |
| 3386 | htab->elf.sgot->size += 8; |
| 3387 | htab->elf.srelgot->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel); |
| 3388 | } |
| 3389 | else |
| 3390 | htab->tls_ldm_got.offset = -1; |
| 3391 | |
| 3392 | /* Allocate global sym .plt and .got entries, and space for global |
| 3393 | sym dynamic relocs. */ |
| 3394 | elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab->elf, elf_i386_allocate_dynrelocs, info); |
| 3395 | |
| 3396 | /* Allocate .plt and .got entries, and space for local symbols. */ |
| 3397 | htab_traverse (htab->loc_hash_table, |
| 3398 | elf_i386_allocate_local_dynrelocs, |
| 3399 | info); |
| 3400 | |
| 3401 | /* For every jump slot reserved in the sgotplt, reloc_count is |
| 3402 | incremented. However, when we reserve space for TLS descriptors, |
| 3403 | it's not incremented, so in order to compute the space reserved |
| 3404 | for them, it suffices to multiply the reloc count by the jump |
| 3405 | slot size. |
| 3406 | |
| 3407 | PR ld/13302: We start next_irelative_index at the end of .rela.plt |
| 3408 | so that R_386_IRELATIVE entries come last. */ |
| 3409 | if (htab->elf.srelplt) |
| 3410 | { |
| 3411 | htab->next_tls_desc_index = htab->elf.srelplt->reloc_count; |
| 3412 | htab->sgotplt_jump_table_size = htab->next_tls_desc_index * 4; |
| 3413 | htab->next_irelative_index = htab->elf.srelplt->reloc_count - 1; |
| 3414 | } |
| 3415 | else if (htab->elf.irelplt) |
| 3416 | htab->next_irelative_index = htab->elf.irelplt->reloc_count - 1; |
| 3417 | |
| 3418 | |
| 3419 | if (htab->elf.sgotplt) |
| 3420 | { |
| 3421 | /* Don't allocate .got.plt section if there are no GOT nor PLT |
| 3422 | entries and there is no reference to _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */ |
| 3423 | if ((htab->elf.hgot == NULL |
| 3424 | || !htab->elf.hgot->ref_regular_nonweak) |
| 3425 | && (htab->elf.sgotplt->size |
| 3426 | == get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd)->got_header_size) |
| 3427 | && (htab->elf.splt == NULL |
| 3428 | || htab->elf.splt->size == 0) |
| 3429 | && (htab->elf.sgot == NULL |
| 3430 | || htab->elf.sgot->size == 0) |
| 3431 | && (htab->elf.iplt == NULL |
| 3432 | || htab->elf.iplt->size == 0) |
| 3433 | && (htab->elf.igotplt == NULL |
| 3434 | || htab->elf.igotplt->size == 0)) |
| 3435 | htab->elf.sgotplt->size = 0; |
| 3436 | } |
| 3437 | |
| 3438 | if (_bfd_elf_eh_frame_present (info)) |
| 3439 | { |
| 3440 | if (htab->plt_eh_frame != NULL |
| 3441 | && htab->elf.splt != NULL |
| 3442 | && htab->elf.splt->size != 0 |
| 3443 | && !bfd_is_abs_section (htab->elf.splt->output_section)) |
| 3444 | htab->plt_eh_frame->size |
| 3445 | = get_elf_i386_backend_data (output_bfd)->plt->eh_frame_plt_size; |
| 3446 | |
| 3447 | if (htab->plt_got_eh_frame != NULL |
| 3448 | && htab->plt_got != NULL |
| 3449 | && htab->plt_got->size != 0 |
| 3450 | && !bfd_is_abs_section (htab->plt_got->output_section)) |
| 3451 | htab->plt_got_eh_frame->size |
| 3452 | = get_elf_i386_backend_data (output_bfd)->plt->eh_frame_plt_got_size; |
| 3453 | } |
| 3454 | |
| 3455 | /* We now have determined the sizes of the various dynamic sections. |
| 3456 | Allocate memory for them. */ |
| 3457 | relocs = FALSE; |
| 3458 | for (s = dynobj->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next) |
| 3459 | { |
| 3460 | bfd_boolean strip_section = TRUE; |
| 3461 | |
| 3462 | if ((s->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) == 0) |
| 3463 | continue; |
| 3464 | |
| 3465 | if (s == htab->elf.splt |
| 3466 | || s == htab->elf.sgot) |
| 3467 | { |
| 3468 | /* Strip this section if we don't need it; see the |
| 3469 | comment below. */ |
| 3470 | /* We'd like to strip these sections if they aren't needed, but if |
| 3471 | we've exported dynamic symbols from them we must leave them. |
| 3472 | It's too late to tell BFD to get rid of the symbols. */ |
| 3473 | |
| 3474 | if (htab->elf.hplt != NULL) |
| 3475 | strip_section = FALSE; |
| 3476 | } |
| 3477 | else if (s == htab->elf.sgotplt |
| 3478 | || s == htab->elf.iplt |
| 3479 | || s == htab->elf.igotplt |
| 3480 | || s == htab->plt_got |
| 3481 | || s == htab->plt_eh_frame |
| 3482 | || s == htab->plt_got_eh_frame |
| 3483 | || s == htab->elf.sdynbss |
| 3484 | || s == htab->elf.sdynrelro) |
| 3485 | { |
| 3486 | /* Strip these too. */ |
| 3487 | } |
| 3488 | else if (CONST_STRNEQ (bfd_get_section_name (dynobj, s), ".rel")) |
| 3489 | { |
| 3490 | if (s->size != 0 |
| 3491 | && s != htab->elf.srelplt |
| 3492 | && s != htab->srelplt2) |
| 3493 | relocs = TRUE; |
| 3494 | |
| 3495 | /* We use the reloc_count field as a counter if we need |
| 3496 | to copy relocs into the output file. */ |
| 3497 | s->reloc_count = 0; |
| 3498 | } |
| 3499 | else |
| 3500 | { |
| 3501 | /* It's not one of our sections, so don't allocate space. */ |
| 3502 | continue; |
| 3503 | } |
| 3504 | |
| 3505 | if (s->size == 0) |
| 3506 | { |
| 3507 | /* If we don't need this section, strip it from the |
| 3508 | output file. This is mostly to handle .rel.bss and |
| 3509 | .rel.plt. We must create both sections in |
| 3510 | create_dynamic_sections, because they must be created |
| 3511 | before the linker maps input sections to output |
| 3512 | sections. The linker does that before |
| 3513 | adjust_dynamic_symbol is called, and it is that |
| 3514 | function which decides whether anything needs to go |
| 3515 | into these sections. */ |
| 3516 | if (strip_section) |
| 3517 | s->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE; |
| 3518 | continue; |
| 3519 | } |
| 3520 | |
| 3521 | if ((s->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) == 0) |
| 3522 | continue; |
| 3523 | |
| 3524 | /* Allocate memory for the section contents. We use bfd_zalloc |
| 3525 | here in case unused entries are not reclaimed before the |
| 3526 | section's contents are written out. This should not happen, |
| 3527 | but this way if it does, we get a R_386_NONE reloc instead |
| 3528 | of garbage. */ |
| 3529 | s->contents = (unsigned char *) bfd_zalloc (dynobj, s->size); |
| 3530 | if (s->contents == NULL) |
| 3531 | return FALSE; |
| 3532 | } |
| 3533 | |
| 3534 | if (htab->plt_eh_frame != NULL |
| 3535 | && htab->plt_eh_frame->contents != NULL) |
| 3536 | { |
| 3537 | memcpy (htab->plt_eh_frame->contents, |
| 3538 | get_elf_i386_backend_data (output_bfd)->plt->eh_frame_plt, |
| 3539 | htab->plt_eh_frame->size); |
| 3540 | bfd_put_32 (dynobj, htab->elf.splt->size, |
| 3541 | htab->plt_eh_frame->contents + PLT_FDE_LEN_OFFSET); |
| 3542 | } |
| 3543 | |
| 3544 | if (htab->plt_got_eh_frame != NULL |
| 3545 | && htab->plt_got_eh_frame->contents != NULL) |
| 3546 | { |
| 3547 | memcpy (htab->plt_got_eh_frame->contents, |
| 3548 | get_elf_i386_backend_data (output_bfd)->plt->eh_frame_plt_got, |
| 3549 | htab->plt_got_eh_frame->size); |
| 3550 | bfd_put_32 (dynobj, htab->plt_got->size, |
| 3551 | (htab->plt_got_eh_frame->contents |
| 3552 | + PLT_FDE_LEN_OFFSET)); |
| 3553 | } |
| 3554 | |
| 3555 | if (htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created) |
| 3556 | { |
| 3557 | /* Add some entries to the .dynamic section. We fill in the |
| 3558 | values later, in elf_i386_finish_dynamic_sections, but we |
| 3559 | must add the entries now so that we get the correct size for |
| 3560 | the .dynamic section. The DT_DEBUG entry is filled in by the |
| 3561 | dynamic linker and used by the debugger. */ |
| 3562 | #define add_dynamic_entry(TAG, VAL) \ |
| 3563 | _bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info, TAG, VAL) |
| 3564 | |
| 3565 | if (bfd_link_executable (info)) |
| 3566 | { |
| 3567 | if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_DEBUG, 0)) |
| 3568 | return FALSE; |
| 3569 | } |
| 3570 | |
| 3571 | if (htab->elf.splt->size != 0) |
| 3572 | { |
| 3573 | /* DT_PLTGOT is used by prelink even if there is no PLT |
| 3574 | relocation. */ |
| 3575 | if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTGOT, 0)) |
| 3576 | return FALSE; |
| 3577 | } |
| 3578 | |
| 3579 | if (htab->elf.srelplt->size != 0) |
| 3580 | { |
| 3581 | if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTRELSZ, 0) |
| 3582 | || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTREL, DT_REL) |
| 3583 | || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_JMPREL, 0)) |
| 3584 | return FALSE; |
| 3585 | } |
| 3586 | |
| 3587 | if (relocs) |
| 3588 | { |
| 3589 | if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_REL, 0) |
| 3590 | || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELSZ, 0) |
| 3591 | || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELENT, sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel))) |
| 3592 | return FALSE; |
| 3593 | |
| 3594 | /* If any dynamic relocs apply to a read-only section, |
| 3595 | then we need a DT_TEXTREL entry. */ |
| 3596 | if ((info->flags & DF_TEXTREL) == 0) |
| 3597 | elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab->elf, |
| 3598 | elf_i386_readonly_dynrelocs, info); |
| 3599 | |
| 3600 | if ((info->flags & DF_TEXTREL) != 0) |
| 3601 | { |
| 3602 | if (htab->readonly_dynrelocs_against_ifunc) |
| 3603 | { |
| 3604 | info->callbacks->einfo |
| 3605 | (_("%P%X: read-only segment has dynamic IFUNC relocations; recompile with -fPIC\n")); |
| 3606 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); |
| 3607 | return FALSE; |
| 3608 | } |
| 3609 | |
| 3610 | if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_TEXTREL, 0)) |
| 3611 | return FALSE; |
| 3612 | } |
| 3613 | } |
| 3614 | if (get_elf_i386_backend_data (output_bfd)->is_vxworks |
| 3615 | && !elf_vxworks_add_dynamic_entries (output_bfd, info)) |
| 3616 | return FALSE; |
| 3617 | } |
| 3618 | #undef add_dynamic_entry |
| 3619 | |
| 3620 | return TRUE; |
| 3621 | } |
| 3622 | |
| 3623 | static bfd_boolean |
| 3624 | elf_i386_always_size_sections (bfd *output_bfd, |
| 3625 | struct bfd_link_info *info) |
| 3626 | { |
| 3627 | asection *tls_sec = elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec; |
| 3628 | |
| 3629 | if (tls_sec) |
| 3630 | { |
| 3631 | struct elf_link_hash_entry *tlsbase; |
| 3632 | |
| 3633 | tlsbase = elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info), |
| 3634 | "_TLS_MODULE_BASE_", |
| 3635 | FALSE, FALSE, FALSE); |
| 3636 | |
| 3637 | if (tlsbase && tlsbase->type == STT_TLS) |
| 3638 | { |
| 3639 | struct elf_i386_link_hash_table *htab; |
| 3640 | struct bfd_link_hash_entry *bh = NULL; |
| 3641 | const struct elf_backend_data *bed |
| 3642 | = get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd); |
| 3643 | |
| 3644 | htab = elf_i386_hash_table (info); |
| 3645 | if (htab == NULL) |
| 3646 | return FALSE; |
| 3647 | |
| 3648 | if (!(_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol |
| 3649 | (info, output_bfd, "_TLS_MODULE_BASE_", BSF_LOCAL, |
| 3650 | tls_sec, 0, NULL, FALSE, |
| 3651 | bed->collect, &bh))) |
| 3652 | return FALSE; |
| 3653 | |
| 3654 | htab->tls_module_base = bh; |
| 3655 | |
| 3656 | tlsbase = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *)bh; |
| 3657 | tlsbase->def_regular = 1; |
| 3658 | tlsbase->other = STV_HIDDEN; |
| 3659 | tlsbase->root.linker_def = 1; |
| 3660 | (*bed->elf_backend_hide_symbol) (info, tlsbase, TRUE); |
| 3661 | } |
| 3662 | } |
| 3663 | |
| 3664 | return TRUE; |
| 3665 | } |
| 3666 | |
| 3667 | /* Set the correct type for an x86 ELF section. We do this by the |
| 3668 | section name, which is a hack, but ought to work. */ |
| 3669 | |
| 3670 | static bfd_boolean |
| 3671 | elf_i386_fake_sections (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, |
| 3672 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr, |
| 3673 | asection *sec) |
| 3674 | { |
| 3675 | const char *name; |
| 3676 | |
| 3677 | name = bfd_get_section_name (abfd, sec); |
| 3678 | |
| 3679 | /* This is an ugly, but unfortunately necessary hack that is |
| 3680 | needed when producing EFI binaries on x86. It tells |
| 3681 | elf.c:elf_fake_sections() not to consider ".reloc" as a section |
| 3682 | containing ELF relocation info. We need this hack in order to |
| 3683 | be able to generate ELF binaries that can be translated into |
| 3684 | EFI applications (which are essentially COFF objects). Those |
| 3685 | files contain a COFF ".reloc" section inside an ELFNN object, |
| 3686 | which would normally cause BFD to segfault because it would |
| 3687 | attempt to interpret this section as containing relocation |
| 3688 | entries for section "oc". With this hack enabled, ".reloc" |
| 3689 | will be treated as a normal data section, which will avoid the |
| 3690 | segfault. However, you won't be able to create an ELFNN binary |
| 3691 | with a section named "oc" that needs relocations, but that's |
| 3692 | the kind of ugly side-effects you get when detecting section |
| 3693 | types based on their names... In practice, this limitation is |
| 3694 | unlikely to bite. */ |
| 3695 | if (strcmp (name, ".reloc") == 0) |
| 3696 | hdr->sh_type = SHT_PROGBITS; |
| 3697 | |
| 3698 | return TRUE; |
| 3699 | } |
| 3700 | |
| 3701 | /* _TLS_MODULE_BASE_ needs to be treated especially when linking |
| 3702 | executables. Rather than setting it to the beginning of the TLS |
| 3703 | section, we have to set it to the end. This function may be called |
| 3704 | multiple times, it is idempotent. */ |
| 3705 | |
| 3706 | static void |
| 3707 | elf_i386_set_tls_module_base (struct bfd_link_info *info) |
| 3708 | { |
| 3709 | struct elf_i386_link_hash_table *htab; |
| 3710 | struct bfd_link_hash_entry *base; |
| 3711 | |
| 3712 | if (!bfd_link_executable (info)) |
| 3713 | return; |
| 3714 | |
| 3715 | htab = elf_i386_hash_table (info); |
| 3716 | if (htab == NULL) |
| 3717 | return; |
| 3718 | |
| 3719 | base = htab->tls_module_base; |
| 3720 | if (base == NULL) |
| 3721 | return; |
| 3722 | |
| 3723 | base->u.def.value = htab->elf.tls_size; |
| 3724 | } |
| 3725 | |
| 3726 | /* Return the base VMA address which should be subtracted from real addresses |
| 3727 | when resolving @dtpoff relocation. |
| 3728 | This is PT_TLS segment p_vaddr. */ |
| 3729 | |
| 3730 | static bfd_vma |
| 3731 | elf_i386_dtpoff_base (struct bfd_link_info *info) |
| 3732 | { |
| 3733 | /* If tls_sec is NULL, we should have signalled an error already. */ |
| 3734 | if (elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec == NULL) |
| 3735 | return 0; |
| 3736 | return elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec->vma; |
| 3737 | } |
| 3738 | |
| 3739 | /* Return the relocation value for @tpoff relocation |
| 3740 | if STT_TLS virtual address is ADDRESS. */ |
| 3741 | |
| 3742 | static bfd_vma |
| 3743 | elf_i386_tpoff (struct bfd_link_info *info, bfd_vma address) |
| 3744 | { |
| 3745 | struct elf_link_hash_table *htab = elf_hash_table (info); |
| 3746 | const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (info->output_bfd); |
| 3747 | bfd_vma static_tls_size; |
| 3748 | |
| 3749 | /* If tls_sec is NULL, we should have signalled an error already. */ |
| 3750 | if (htab->tls_sec == NULL) |
| 3751 | return 0; |
| 3752 | |
| 3753 | /* Consider special static TLS alignment requirements. */ |
| 3754 | static_tls_size = BFD_ALIGN (htab->tls_size, bed->static_tls_alignment); |
| 3755 | return static_tls_size + htab->tls_sec->vma - address; |
| 3756 | } |
| 3757 | |
| 3758 | /* Relocate an i386 ELF section. */ |
| 3759 | |
| 3760 | static bfd_boolean |
| 3761 | elf_i386_relocate_section (bfd *output_bfd, |
| 3762 | struct bfd_link_info *info, |
| 3763 | bfd *input_bfd, |
| 3764 | asection *input_section, |
| 3765 | bfd_byte *contents, |
| 3766 | Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs, |
| 3767 | Elf_Internal_Sym *local_syms, |
| 3768 | asection **local_sections) |
| 3769 | { |
| 3770 | struct elf_i386_link_hash_table *htab; |
| 3771 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr; |
| 3772 | struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes; |
| 3773 | bfd_vma *local_got_offsets; |
| 3774 | bfd_vma *local_tlsdesc_gotents; |
| 3775 | Elf_Internal_Rela *rel; |
| 3776 | Elf_Internal_Rela *wrel; |
| 3777 | Elf_Internal_Rela *relend; |
| 3778 | bfd_boolean is_vxworks_tls; |
| 3779 | unsigned plt_entry_size; |
| 3780 | |
| 3781 | BFD_ASSERT (is_i386_elf (input_bfd)); |
| 3782 | |
| 3783 | /* Skip if check_relocs failed. */ |
| 3784 | if (input_section->check_relocs_failed) |
| 3785 | return FALSE; |
| 3786 | |
| 3787 | htab = elf_i386_hash_table (info); |
| 3788 | if (htab == NULL) |
| 3789 | return FALSE; |
| 3790 | symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (input_bfd); |
| 3791 | sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd); |
| 3792 | local_got_offsets = elf_local_got_offsets (input_bfd); |
| 3793 | local_tlsdesc_gotents = elf_i386_local_tlsdesc_gotent (input_bfd); |
| 3794 | /* We have to handle relocations in vxworks .tls_vars sections |
| 3795 | specially, because the dynamic loader is 'weird'. */ |
| 3796 | is_vxworks_tls = (get_elf_i386_backend_data (output_bfd)->is_vxworks |
| 3797 | && bfd_link_pic (info) |
| 3798 | && !strcmp (input_section->output_section->name, |
| 3799 | ".tls_vars")); |
| 3800 | |
| 3801 | elf_i386_set_tls_module_base (info); |
| 3802 | |
| 3803 | plt_entry_size = GET_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE (output_bfd); |
| 3804 | |
| 3805 | rel = wrel = relocs; |
| 3806 | relend = relocs + input_section->reloc_count; |
| 3807 | for (; rel < relend; wrel++, rel++) |
| 3808 | { |
| 3809 | unsigned int r_type; |
| 3810 | reloc_howto_type *howto; |
| 3811 | unsigned long r_symndx; |
| 3812 | struct elf_link_hash_entry *h; |
| 3813 | struct elf_i386_link_hash_entry *eh; |
| 3814 | Elf_Internal_Sym *sym; |
| 3815 | asection *sec; |
| 3816 | bfd_vma off, offplt, plt_offset; |
| 3817 | bfd_vma relocation; |
| 3818 | bfd_boolean unresolved_reloc; |
| 3819 | bfd_reloc_status_type r; |
| 3820 | unsigned int indx; |
| 3821 | int tls_type; |
| 3822 | bfd_vma st_size; |
| 3823 | asection *resolved_plt; |
| 3824 | bfd_boolean resolved_to_zero; |
| 3825 | bfd_boolean relative_reloc; |
| 3826 | |
| 3827 | r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info); |
| 3828 | if (r_type == R_386_GNU_VTINHERIT |
| 3829 | || r_type == R_386_GNU_VTENTRY) |
| 3830 | { |
| 3831 | if (wrel != rel) |
| 3832 | *wrel = *rel; |
| 3833 | continue; |
| 3834 | } |
| 3835 | |
| 3836 | if ((indx = r_type) >= R_386_standard |
| 3837 | && ((indx = r_type - R_386_ext_offset) - R_386_standard |
| 3838 | >= R_386_ext - R_386_standard) |
| 3839 | && ((indx = r_type - R_386_tls_offset) - R_386_ext |
| 3840 | >= R_386_ext2 - R_386_ext)) |
| 3841 | { |
| 3842 | _bfd_error_handler |
| 3843 | /* xgettext:c-format */ |
| 3844 | (_("%B: unrecognized relocation (0x%x) in section `%A'"), |
| 3845 | input_bfd, r_type, input_section); |
| 3846 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); |
| 3847 | return FALSE; |
| 3848 | } |
| 3849 | howto = elf_howto_table + indx; |
| 3850 | |
| 3851 | r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info); |
| 3852 | h = NULL; |
| 3853 | sym = NULL; |
| 3854 | sec = NULL; |
| 3855 | unresolved_reloc = FALSE; |
| 3856 | if (r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info) |
| 3857 | { |
| 3858 | sym = local_syms + r_symndx; |
| 3859 | sec = local_sections[r_symndx]; |
| 3860 | relocation = (sec->output_section->vma |
| 3861 | + sec->output_offset |
| 3862 | + sym->st_value); |
| 3863 | st_size = sym->st_size; |
| 3864 | |
| 3865 | if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_SECTION |
| 3866 | && ((sec->flags & SEC_MERGE) != 0 |
| 3867 | || (bfd_link_relocatable (info) |
| 3868 | && sec->output_offset != 0))) |
| 3869 | { |
| 3870 | bfd_vma addend; |
| 3871 | bfd_byte *where = contents + rel->r_offset; |
| 3872 | |
| 3873 | switch (howto->size) |
| 3874 | { |
| 3875 | case 0: |
| 3876 | addend = bfd_get_8 (input_bfd, where); |
| 3877 | if (howto->pc_relative) |
| 3878 | { |
| 3879 | addend = (addend ^ 0x80) - 0x80; |
| 3880 | addend += 1; |
| 3881 | } |
| 3882 | break; |
| 3883 | case 1: |
| 3884 | addend = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, where); |
| 3885 | if (howto->pc_relative) |
| 3886 | { |
| 3887 | addend = (addend ^ 0x8000) - 0x8000; |
| 3888 | addend += 2; |
| 3889 | } |
| 3890 | break; |
| 3891 | case 2: |
| 3892 | addend = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, where); |
| 3893 | if (howto->pc_relative) |
| 3894 | { |
| 3895 | addend = (addend ^ 0x80000000) - 0x80000000; |
| 3896 | addend += 4; |
| 3897 | } |
| 3898 | break; |
| 3899 | default: |
| 3900 | abort (); |
| 3901 | } |
| 3902 | |
| 3903 | if (bfd_link_relocatable (info)) |
| 3904 | addend += sec->output_offset; |
| 3905 | else |
| 3906 | { |
| 3907 | asection *msec = sec; |
| 3908 | addend = _bfd_elf_rel_local_sym (output_bfd, sym, &msec, |
| 3909 | addend); |
| 3910 | addend -= relocation; |
| 3911 | addend += msec->output_section->vma + msec->output_offset; |
| 3912 | } |
| 3913 | |
| 3914 | switch (howto->size) |
| 3915 | { |
| 3916 | case 0: |
| 3917 | /* FIXME: overflow checks. */ |
| 3918 | if (howto->pc_relative) |
| 3919 | addend -= 1; |
| 3920 | bfd_put_8 (input_bfd, addend, where); |
| 3921 | break; |
| 3922 | case 1: |
| 3923 | if (howto->pc_relative) |
| 3924 | addend -= 2; |
| 3925 | bfd_put_16 (input_bfd, addend, where); |
| 3926 | break; |
| 3927 | case 2: |
| 3928 | if (howto->pc_relative) |
| 3929 | addend -= 4; |
| 3930 | bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, addend, where); |
| 3931 | break; |
| 3932 | } |
| 3933 | } |
| 3934 | else if (!bfd_link_relocatable (info) |
| 3935 | && ELF32_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_GNU_IFUNC) |
| 3936 | { |
| 3937 | /* Relocate against local STT_GNU_IFUNC symbol. */ |
| 3938 | h = elf_i386_get_local_sym_hash (htab, input_bfd, rel, |
| 3939 | FALSE); |
| 3940 | if (h == NULL) |
| 3941 | abort (); |
| 3942 | |
| 3943 | /* Set STT_GNU_IFUNC symbol value. */ |
| 3944 | h->root.u.def.value = sym->st_value; |
| 3945 | h->root.u.def.section = sec; |
| 3946 | } |
| 3947 | } |
| 3948 | else |
| 3949 | { |
| 3950 | bfd_boolean warned ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED; |
| 3951 | bfd_boolean ignored ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED; |
| 3952 | |
| 3953 | RELOC_FOR_GLOBAL_SYMBOL (info, input_bfd, input_section, rel, |
| 3954 | r_symndx, symtab_hdr, sym_hashes, |
| 3955 | h, sec, relocation, |
| 3956 | unresolved_reloc, warned, ignored); |
| 3957 | st_size = h->size; |
| 3958 | } |
| 3959 | |
| 3960 | if (sec != NULL && discarded_section (sec)) |
| 3961 | { |
| 3962 | _bfd_clear_contents (howto, input_bfd, input_section, |
| 3963 | contents + rel->r_offset); |
| 3964 | wrel->r_offset = rel->r_offset; |
| 3965 | wrel->r_info = 0; |
| 3966 | wrel->r_addend = 0; |
| 3967 | |
| 3968 | /* For ld -r, remove relocations in debug sections against |
| 3969 | sections defined in discarded sections. Not done for |
| 3970 | eh_frame editing code expects to be present. */ |
| 3971 | if (bfd_link_relocatable (info) |
| 3972 | && (input_section->flags & SEC_DEBUGGING)) |
| 3973 | wrel--; |
| 3974 | |
| 3975 | continue; |
| 3976 | } |
| 3977 | |
| 3978 | if (bfd_link_relocatable (info)) |
| 3979 | { |
| 3980 | if (wrel != rel) |
| 3981 | *wrel = *rel; |
| 3982 | continue; |
| 3983 | } |
| 3984 | |
| 3985 | /* Since STT_GNU_IFUNC symbol must go through PLT, we handle |
| 3986 | it here if it is defined in a non-shared object. */ |
| 3987 | if (h != NULL |
| 3988 | && h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC |
| 3989 | && h->def_regular) |
| 3990 | { |
| 3991 | asection *plt, *gotplt, *base_got; |
| 3992 | bfd_vma plt_index; |
| 3993 | const char *name; |
| 3994 | |
| 3995 | if ((input_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0) |
| 3996 | { |
| 3997 | /* Dynamic relocs are not propagated for SEC_DEBUGGING |
| 3998 | sections because such sections are not SEC_ALLOC and |
| 3999 | thus ld.so will not process them. */ |
| 4000 | if ((input_section->flags & SEC_DEBUGGING) != 0) |
| 4001 | continue; |
| 4002 | abort (); |
| 4003 | } |
| 4004 | |
| 4005 | /* STT_GNU_IFUNC symbol must go through PLT. */ |
| 4006 | if (htab->elf.splt != NULL) |
| 4007 | { |
| 4008 | plt = htab->elf.splt; |
| 4009 | gotplt = htab->elf.sgotplt; |
| 4010 | } |
| 4011 | else |
| 4012 | { |
| 4013 | plt = htab->elf.iplt; |
| 4014 | gotplt = htab->elf.igotplt; |
| 4015 | } |
| 4016 | |
| 4017 | switch (r_type) |
| 4018 | { |
| 4019 | default: |
| 4020 | break; |
| 4021 | |
| 4022 | case R_386_GOT32: |
| 4023 | case R_386_GOT32X: |
| 4024 | base_got = htab->elf.sgot; |
| 4025 | off = h->got.offset; |
| 4026 | |
| 4027 | if (base_got == NULL) |
| 4028 | abort (); |
| 4029 | |
| 4030 | if (off == (bfd_vma) -1) |
| 4031 | { |
| 4032 | /* We can't use h->got.offset here to save state, or |
| 4033 | even just remember the offset, as finish_dynamic_symbol |
| 4034 | would use that as offset into .got. */ |
| 4035 | |
| 4036 | if (h->plt.offset == (bfd_vma) -1) |
| 4037 | abort (); |
| 4038 | |
| 4039 | if (htab->elf.splt != NULL) |
| 4040 | { |
| 4041 | plt_index = h->plt.offset / plt_entry_size - 1; |
| 4042 | off = (plt_index + 3) * 4; |
| 4043 | base_got = htab->elf.sgotplt; |
| 4044 | } |
| 4045 | else |
| 4046 | { |
| 4047 | plt_index = h->plt.offset / plt_entry_size; |
| 4048 | off = plt_index * 4; |
| 4049 | base_got = htab->elf.igotplt; |
| 4050 | } |
| 4051 | |
| 4052 | if (h->dynindx == -1 |
| 4053 | || h->forced_local |
| 4054 | || info->symbolic) |
| 4055 | { |
| 4056 | /* This references the local defitionion. We must |
| 4057 | initialize this entry in the global offset table. |
| 4058 | Since the offset must always be a multiple of 8, |
| 4059 | we use the least significant bit to record |
| 4060 | whether we have initialized it already. |
| 4061 | |
| 4062 | When doing a dynamic link, we create a .rela.got |
| 4063 | relocation entry to initialize the value. This |
| 4064 | is done in the finish_dynamic_symbol routine. */ |
| 4065 | if ((off & 1) != 0) |
| 4066 | off &= ~1; |
| 4067 | else |
| 4068 | { |
| 4069 | bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, relocation, |
| 4070 | base_got->contents + off); |
| 4071 | h->got.offset |= 1; |
| 4072 | } |
| 4073 | } |
| 4074 | |
| 4075 | relocation = off; |
| 4076 | } |
| 4077 | else |
| 4078 | relocation = (base_got->output_section->vma |
| 4079 | + base_got->output_offset + off |
| 4080 | - gotplt->output_section->vma |
| 4081 | - gotplt->output_offset); |
| 4082 | |
| 4083 | if (rel->r_offset > 1 |
| 4084 | && (*(contents + rel->r_offset - 1) & 0xc7) == 0x5 |
| 4085 | && *(contents + rel->r_offset - 2) != 0x8d) |
| 4086 | { |
| 4087 | if (bfd_link_pic (info)) |
| 4088 | goto disallow_got32; |
| 4089 | |
| 4090 | /* Add the GOT base if there is no base register. */ |
| 4091 | relocation += (gotplt->output_section->vma |
| 4092 | + gotplt->output_offset); |
| 4093 | } |
| 4094 | else if (htab->elf.splt == NULL) |
| 4095 | { |
| 4096 | /* Adjust for static executables. */ |
| 4097 | relocation += gotplt->output_offset; |
| 4098 | } |
| 4099 | |
| 4100 | goto do_relocation; |
| 4101 | } |
| 4102 | |
| 4103 | if (h->plt.offset == (bfd_vma) -1) |
| 4104 | { |
| 4105 | /* Handle static pointers of STT_GNU_IFUNC symbols. */ |
| 4106 | if (r_type == R_386_32 |
| 4107 | && (input_section->flags & SEC_CODE) == 0) |
| 4108 | goto do_ifunc_pointer; |
| 4109 | goto bad_ifunc_reloc; |
| 4110 | } |
| 4111 | |
| 4112 | relocation = (plt->output_section->vma |
| 4113 | + plt->output_offset + h->plt.offset); |
| 4114 | |
| 4115 | switch (r_type) |
| 4116 | { |
| 4117 | default: |
| 4118 | bad_ifunc_reloc: |
| 4119 | if (h->root.root.string) |
| 4120 | name = h->root.root.string; |
| 4121 | else |
| 4122 | name = bfd_elf_sym_name (input_bfd, symtab_hdr, sym, |
| 4123 | NULL); |
| 4124 | _bfd_error_handler |
| 4125 | /* xgettext:c-format */ |
| 4126 | (_("%B: relocation %s against STT_GNU_IFUNC " |
| 4127 | "symbol `%s' isn't supported"), input_bfd, |
| 4128 | howto->name, name); |
| 4129 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); |
| 4130 | return FALSE; |
| 4131 | |
| 4132 | case R_386_32: |
| 4133 | /* Generate dynamic relcoation only when there is a |
| 4134 | non-GOT reference in a shared object. */ |
| 4135 | if ((bfd_link_pic (info) && h->non_got_ref) |
| 4136 | || h->plt.offset == (bfd_vma) -1) |
| 4137 | { |
| 4138 | Elf_Internal_Rela outrel; |
| 4139 | asection *sreloc; |
| 4140 | bfd_vma offset; |
| 4141 | |
| 4142 | do_ifunc_pointer: |
| 4143 | /* Need a dynamic relocation to get the real function |
| 4144 | adddress. */ |
| 4145 | offset = _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, |
| 4146 | info, |
| 4147 | input_section, |
| 4148 | rel->r_offset); |
| 4149 | if (offset == (bfd_vma) -1 |
| 4150 | || offset == (bfd_vma) -2) |
| 4151 | abort (); |
| 4152 | |
| 4153 | outrel.r_offset = (input_section->output_section->vma |
| 4154 | + input_section->output_offset |
| 4155 | + offset); |
| 4156 | |
| 4157 | if (h->dynindx == -1 |
| 4158 | || h->forced_local |
| 4159 | || bfd_link_executable (info)) |
| 4160 | { |
| 4161 | /* This symbol is resolved locally. */ |
| 4162 | outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_386_IRELATIVE); |
| 4163 | bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, |
| 4164 | (h->root.u.def.value |
| 4165 | + h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma |
| 4166 | + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset), |
| 4167 | contents + offset); |
| 4168 | } |
| 4169 | else |
| 4170 | outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, r_type); |
| 4171 | |
| 4172 | /* Dynamic relocations are stored in |
| 4173 | 1. .rel.ifunc section in PIC object. |
| 4174 | 2. .rel.got section in dynamic executable. |
| 4175 | 3. .rel.iplt section in static executable. */ |
| 4176 | if (bfd_link_pic (info)) |
| 4177 | sreloc = htab->elf.irelifunc; |
| 4178 | else if (htab->elf.splt != NULL) |
| 4179 | sreloc = htab->elf.srelgot; |
| 4180 | else |
| 4181 | sreloc = htab->elf.irelplt; |
| 4182 | elf_append_rel (output_bfd, sreloc, &outrel); |
| 4183 | |
| 4184 | /* If this reloc is against an external symbol, we |
| 4185 | do not want to fiddle with the addend. Otherwise, |
| 4186 | we need to include the symbol value so that it |
| 4187 | becomes an addend for the dynamic reloc. For an |
| 4188 | internal symbol, we have updated addend. */ |
| 4189 | continue; |
| 4190 | } |
| 4191 | /* FALLTHROUGH */ |
| 4192 | case R_386_PC32: |
| 4193 | case R_386_PLT32: |
| 4194 | goto do_relocation; |
| 4195 | |
| 4196 | case R_386_GOTOFF: |
| 4197 | relocation -= (gotplt->output_section->vma |
| 4198 | + gotplt->output_offset); |
| 4199 | goto do_relocation; |
| 4200 | } |
| 4201 | } |
| 4202 | |
| 4203 | eh = (struct elf_i386_link_hash_entry *) h; |
| 4204 | resolved_to_zero = (eh != NULL |
| 4205 | && UNDEFINED_WEAK_RESOLVED_TO_ZERO (info, |
| 4206 | eh->has_got_reloc, |
| 4207 | eh)); |
| 4208 | |
| 4209 | switch (r_type) |
| 4210 | { |
| 4211 | case R_386_GOT32X: |
| 4212 | /* Avoid optimizing _DYNAMIC since ld.so may use its |
| 4213 | link-time address. */ |
| 4214 | if (h == htab->elf.hdynamic) |
| 4215 | goto r_386_got32; |
| 4216 | |
| 4217 | if (bfd_link_pic (info)) |
| 4218 | { |
| 4219 | /* It is OK to convert mov to lea and convert indirect |
| 4220 | branch to direct branch. It is OK to convert adc, |
| 4221 | add, and, cmp, or, sbb, sub, test, xor only when PIC |
| 4222 | is false. */ |
| 4223 | unsigned int opcode, addend; |
| 4224 | addend = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset); |
| 4225 | if (addend != 0) |
| 4226 | goto r_386_got32; |
| 4227 | opcode = bfd_get_8 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset - 2); |
| 4228 | if (opcode != 0x8b && opcode != 0xff) |
| 4229 | goto r_386_got32; |
| 4230 | } |
| 4231 | |
| 4232 | /* Resolve "mov GOT[(%reg)], %reg", |
| 4233 | "call/jmp *GOT[(%reg)]", "test %reg, foo@GOT[(%reg)]" |
| 4234 | and "binop foo@GOT[(%reg)], %reg". */ |
| 4235 | if (h == NULL |
| 4236 | || (h->plt.offset == (bfd_vma) -1 |
| 4237 | && h->got.offset == (bfd_vma) -1) |
| 4238 | || htab->elf.sgotplt == NULL) |
| 4239 | abort (); |
| 4240 | |
| 4241 | offplt = (htab->elf.sgotplt->output_section->vma |
| 4242 | + htab->elf.sgotplt->output_offset); |
| 4243 | |
| 4244 | /* It is relative to .got.plt section. */ |
| 4245 | if (h->got.offset != (bfd_vma) -1) |
| 4246 | /* Use GOT entry. Mask off the least significant bit in |
| 4247 | GOT offset which may be set by R_386_GOT32 processing |
| 4248 | below. */ |
| 4249 | relocation = (htab->elf.sgot->output_section->vma |
| 4250 | + htab->elf.sgot->output_offset |
| 4251 | + (h->got.offset & ~1) - offplt); |
| 4252 | else |
| 4253 | /* Use GOTPLT entry. */ |
| 4254 | relocation = (h->plt.offset / plt_entry_size - 1 + 3) * 4; |
| 4255 | |
| 4256 | if (!bfd_link_pic (info)) |
| 4257 | { |
| 4258 | /* If not PIC, add the .got.plt section address for |
| 4259 | baseless addressing. */ |
| 4260 | unsigned int modrm; |
| 4261 | modrm = bfd_get_8 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset - 1); |
| 4262 | if ((modrm & 0xc7) == 0x5) |
| 4263 | relocation += offplt; |
| 4264 | } |
| 4265 | |
| 4266 | unresolved_reloc = FALSE; |
| 4267 | break; |
| 4268 | |
| 4269 | case R_386_GOT32: |
| 4270 | r_386_got32: |
| 4271 | /* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the global |
| 4272 | offset table. */ |
| 4273 | if (htab->elf.sgot == NULL) |
| 4274 | abort (); |
| 4275 | |
| 4276 | relative_reloc = FALSE; |
| 4277 | if (h != NULL) |
| 4278 | { |
| 4279 | bfd_boolean dyn; |
| 4280 | |
| 4281 | off = h->got.offset; |
| 4282 | dyn = htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created; |
| 4283 | if (! WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn, |
| 4284 | bfd_link_pic (info), |
| 4285 | h) |
| 4286 | || (bfd_link_pic (info) |
| 4287 | && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h)) |
| 4288 | || (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) |
| 4289 | && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)) |
| 4290 | { |
| 4291 | /* This is actually a static link, or it is a |
| 4292 | -Bsymbolic link and the symbol is defined |
| 4293 | locally, or the symbol was forced to be local |
| 4294 | because of a version file. We must initialize |
| 4295 | this entry in the global offset table. Since the |
| 4296 | offset must always be a multiple of 4, we use the |
| 4297 | least significant bit to record whether we have |
| 4298 | initialized it already. |
| 4299 | |
| 4300 | When doing a dynamic link, we create a .rel.got |
| 4301 | relocation entry to initialize the value. This |
| 4302 | is done in the finish_dynamic_symbol routine. */ |
| 4303 | if ((off & 1) != 0) |
| 4304 | off &= ~1; |
| 4305 | else |
| 4306 | { |
| 4307 | bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, relocation, |
| 4308 | htab->elf.sgot->contents + off); |
| 4309 | h->got.offset |= 1; |
| 4310 | |
| 4311 | if (h->dynindx == -1 |
| 4312 | && !h->forced_local |
| 4313 | && h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak |
| 4314 | && bfd_link_pic (info)) |
| 4315 | { |
| 4316 | /* PR ld/21402: If this symbol isn't dynamic |
| 4317 | in PIC, generate R_386_RELATIVE here. */ |
| 4318 | eh->no_finish_dynamic_symbol = 1; |
| 4319 | relative_reloc = TRUE; |
| 4320 | } |
| 4321 | } |
| 4322 | } |
| 4323 | else |
| 4324 | unresolved_reloc = FALSE; |
| 4325 | } |
| 4326 | else |
| 4327 | { |
| 4328 | if (local_got_offsets == NULL) |
| 4329 | abort (); |
| 4330 | |
| 4331 | off = local_got_offsets[r_symndx]; |
| 4332 | |
| 4333 | /* The offset must always be a multiple of 4. We use |
| 4334 | the least significant bit to record whether we have |
| 4335 | already generated the necessary reloc. */ |
| 4336 | if ((off & 1) != 0) |
| 4337 | off &= ~1; |
| 4338 | else |
| 4339 | { |
| 4340 | bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, relocation, |
| 4341 | htab->elf.sgot->contents + off); |
| 4342 | local_got_offsets[r_symndx] |= 1; |
| 4343 | |
| 4344 | if (bfd_link_pic (info)) |
| 4345 | relative_reloc = TRUE; |
| 4346 | } |
| 4347 | } |
| 4348 | |
| 4349 | if (relative_reloc) |
| 4350 | { |
| 4351 | asection *s; |
| 4352 | Elf_Internal_Rela outrel; |
| 4353 | |
| 4354 | s = htab->elf.srelgot; |
| 4355 | if (s == NULL) |
| 4356 | abort (); |
| 4357 | |
| 4358 | outrel.r_offset = (htab->elf.sgot->output_section->vma |
| 4359 | + htab->elf.sgot->output_offset |
| 4360 | + off); |
| 4361 | outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_386_RELATIVE); |
| 4362 | elf_append_rel (output_bfd, s, &outrel); |
| 4363 | } |
| 4364 | |
| 4365 | if (off >= (bfd_vma) -2) |
| 4366 | abort (); |
| 4367 | |
| 4368 | relocation = (htab->elf.sgot->output_section->vma |
| 4369 | + htab->elf.sgot->output_offset + off); |
| 4370 | if (rel->r_offset > 1 |
| 4371 | && (*(contents + rel->r_offset - 1) & 0xc7) == 0x5 |
| 4372 | && *(contents + rel->r_offset - 2) != 0x8d) |
| 4373 | { |
| 4374 | if (bfd_link_pic (info)) |
| 4375 | { |
| 4376 | /* For PIC, disallow R_386_GOT32 without a base |
| 4377 | register, except for "lea foo@GOT, %reg", since |
| 4378 | we don't know what the GOT base is. */ |
| 4379 | const char *name; |
| 4380 | |
| 4381 | disallow_got32: |
| 4382 | if (h == NULL || h->root.root.string == NULL) |
| 4383 | name = bfd_elf_sym_name (input_bfd, symtab_hdr, sym, |
| 4384 | NULL); |
| 4385 | else |
| 4386 | name = h->root.root.string; |
| 4387 | |
| 4388 | _bfd_error_handler |
| 4389 | /* xgettext:c-format */ |
| 4390 | (_("%B: direct GOT relocation %s against `%s'" |
| 4391 | " without base register can not be used" |
| 4392 | " when making a shared object"), |
| 4393 | input_bfd, howto->name, name); |
| 4394 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); |
| 4395 | return FALSE; |
| 4396 | } |
| 4397 | } |
| 4398 | else |
| 4399 | { |
| 4400 | /* Subtract the .got.plt section address only with a base |
| 4401 | register. */ |
| 4402 | relocation -= (htab->elf.sgotplt->output_section->vma |
| 4403 | + htab->elf.sgotplt->output_offset); |
| 4404 | } |
| 4405 | |
| 4406 | break; |
| 4407 | |
| 4408 | case R_386_GOTOFF: |
| 4409 | /* Relocation is relative to the start of the global offset |
| 4410 | table. */ |
| 4411 | |
| 4412 | /* Check to make sure it isn't a protected function or data |
| 4413 | symbol for shared library since it may not be local when |
| 4414 | used as function address or with copy relocation. We also |
| 4415 | need to make sure that a symbol is referenced locally. */ |
| 4416 | if (!bfd_link_executable (info) && h) |
| 4417 | { |
| 4418 | if (!h->def_regular) |
| 4419 | { |
| 4420 | const char *v; |
| 4421 | |
| 4422 | switch (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other)) |
| 4423 | { |
| 4424 | case STV_HIDDEN: |
| 4425 | v = _("hidden symbol"); |
| 4426 | break; |
| 4427 | case STV_INTERNAL: |
| 4428 | v = _("internal symbol"); |
| 4429 | break; |
| 4430 | case STV_PROTECTED: |
| 4431 | v = _("protected symbol"); |
| 4432 | break; |
| 4433 | default: |
| 4434 | v = _("symbol"); |
| 4435 | break; |
| 4436 | } |
| 4437 | |
| 4438 | _bfd_error_handler |
| 4439 | /* xgettext:c-format */ |
| 4440 | (_("%B: relocation R_386_GOTOFF against undefined %s" |
| 4441 | " `%s' can not be used when making a shared object"), |
| 4442 | input_bfd, v, h->root.root.string); |
| 4443 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); |
| 4444 | return FALSE; |
| 4445 | } |
| 4446 | else if (!SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h) |
| 4447 | && (h->type == STT_FUNC |
| 4448 | || h->type == STT_OBJECT) |
| 4449 | && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_PROTECTED) |
| 4450 | { |
| 4451 | _bfd_error_handler |
| 4452 | /* xgettext:c-format */ |
| 4453 | (_("%B: relocation R_386_GOTOFF against protected %s" |
| 4454 | " `%s' can not be used when making a shared object"), |
| 4455 | input_bfd, |
| 4456 | h->type == STT_FUNC ? "function" : "data", |
| 4457 | h->root.root.string); |
| 4458 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); |
| 4459 | return FALSE; |
| 4460 | } |
| 4461 | } |
| 4462 | |
| 4463 | /* Note that sgot is not involved in this |
| 4464 | calculation. We always want the start of .got.plt. If we |
| 4465 | defined _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ in a different way, as is |
| 4466 | permitted by the ABI, we might have to change this |
| 4467 | calculation. */ |
| 4468 | relocation -= htab->elf.sgotplt->output_section->vma |
| 4469 | + htab->elf.sgotplt->output_offset; |
| 4470 | break; |
| 4471 | |
| 4472 | case R_386_GOTPC: |
| 4473 | /* Use global offset table as symbol value. */ |
| 4474 | relocation = htab->elf.sgotplt->output_section->vma |
| 4475 | + htab->elf.sgotplt->output_offset; |
| 4476 | unresolved_reloc = FALSE; |
| 4477 | break; |
| 4478 | |
| 4479 | case R_386_PLT32: |
| 4480 | /* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the |
| 4481 | procedure linkage table. */ |
| 4482 | |
| 4483 | /* Resolve a PLT32 reloc against a local symbol directly, |
| 4484 | without using the procedure linkage table. */ |
| 4485 | if (h == NULL) |
| 4486 | break; |
| 4487 | |
| 4488 | if ((h->plt.offset == (bfd_vma) -1 |
| 4489 | && eh->plt_got.offset == (bfd_vma) -1) |
| 4490 | || htab->elf.splt == NULL) |
| 4491 | { |
| 4492 | /* We didn't make a PLT entry for this symbol. This |
| 4493 | happens when statically linking PIC code, or when |
| 4494 | using -Bsymbolic. */ |
| 4495 | break; |
| 4496 | } |
| 4497 | |
| 4498 | if (h->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1) |
| 4499 | { |
| 4500 | resolved_plt = htab->elf.splt; |
| 4501 | plt_offset = h->plt.offset; |
| 4502 | } |
| 4503 | else |
| 4504 | { |
| 4505 | resolved_plt = htab->plt_got; |
| 4506 | plt_offset = eh->plt_got.offset; |
| 4507 | } |
| 4508 | |
| 4509 | relocation = (resolved_plt->output_section->vma |
| 4510 | + resolved_plt->output_offset |
| 4511 | + plt_offset); |
| 4512 | unresolved_reloc = FALSE; |
| 4513 | break; |
| 4514 | |
| 4515 | case R_386_SIZE32: |
| 4516 | /* Set to symbol size. */ |
| 4517 | relocation = st_size; |
| 4518 | /* Fall through. */ |
| 4519 | |
| 4520 | case R_386_32: |
| 4521 | case R_386_PC32: |
| 4522 | if ((input_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0 |
| 4523 | || is_vxworks_tls) |
| 4524 | break; |
| 4525 | |
| 4526 | /* Copy dynamic function pointer relocations. Don't generate |
| 4527 | dynamic relocations against resolved undefined weak symbols |
| 4528 | in PIE, except for R_386_PC32. */ |
| 4529 | if ((bfd_link_pic (info) |
| 4530 | && (h == NULL |
| 4531 | || ((ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT |
| 4532 | && (!resolved_to_zero |
| 4533 | || r_type == R_386_PC32)) |
| 4534 | || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak)) |
| 4535 | && ((r_type != R_386_PC32 && r_type != R_386_SIZE32) |
| 4536 | || !SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h))) |
| 4537 | || (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS |
| 4538 | && !bfd_link_pic (info) |
| 4539 | && h != NULL |
| 4540 | && h->dynindx != -1 |
| 4541 | && (!h->non_got_ref |
| 4542 | || eh->func_pointer_refcount > 0 |
| 4543 | || (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak |
| 4544 | && !resolved_to_zero)) |
| 4545 | && ((h->def_dynamic && !h->def_regular) |
| 4546 | /* Undefined weak symbol is bound locally when |
| 4547 | PIC is false. */ |
| 4548 | || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak))) |
| 4549 | { |
| 4550 | Elf_Internal_Rela outrel; |
| 4551 | bfd_boolean skip, relocate; |
| 4552 | asection *sreloc; |
| 4553 | |
| 4554 | /* When generating a shared object, these relocations |
| 4555 | are copied into the output file to be resolved at run |
| 4556 | time. */ |
| 4557 | |
| 4558 | skip = FALSE; |
| 4559 | relocate = FALSE; |
| 4560 | |
| 4561 | outrel.r_offset = |
| 4562 | _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info, input_section, |
| 4563 | rel->r_offset); |
| 4564 | if (outrel.r_offset == (bfd_vma) -1) |
| 4565 | skip = TRUE; |
| 4566 | else if (outrel.r_offset == (bfd_vma) -2) |
| 4567 | skip = TRUE, relocate = TRUE; |
| 4568 | outrel.r_offset += (input_section->output_section->vma |
| 4569 | + input_section->output_offset); |
| 4570 | |
| 4571 | if (skip) |
| 4572 | memset (&outrel, 0, sizeof outrel); |
| 4573 | else if (h != NULL |
| 4574 | && h->dynindx != -1 |
| 4575 | && (r_type == R_386_PC32 |
| 4576 | || !(bfd_link_executable (info) |
| 4577 | || SYMBOLIC_BIND (info, h)) |
| 4578 | || !h->def_regular)) |
| 4579 | outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, r_type); |
| 4580 | else |
| 4581 | { |
| 4582 | /* This symbol is local, or marked to become local. */ |
| 4583 | relocate = TRUE; |
| 4584 | outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_386_RELATIVE); |
| 4585 | } |
| 4586 | |
| 4587 | sreloc = elf_section_data (input_section)->sreloc; |
| 4588 | |
| 4589 | if (sreloc == NULL || sreloc->contents == NULL) |
| 4590 | { |
| 4591 | r = bfd_reloc_notsupported; |
| 4592 | goto check_relocation_error; |
| 4593 | } |
| 4594 | |
| 4595 | elf_append_rel (output_bfd, sreloc, &outrel); |
| 4596 | |
| 4597 | /* If this reloc is against an external symbol, we do |
| 4598 | not want to fiddle with the addend. Otherwise, we |
| 4599 | need to include the symbol value so that it becomes |
| 4600 | an addend for the dynamic reloc. */ |
| 4601 | if (! relocate) |
| 4602 | continue; |
| 4603 | } |
| 4604 | break; |
| 4605 | |
| 4606 | case R_386_TLS_IE: |
| 4607 | if (!bfd_link_executable (info)) |
| 4608 | { |
| 4609 | Elf_Internal_Rela outrel; |
| 4610 | asection *sreloc; |
| 4611 | |
| 4612 | outrel.r_offset = rel->r_offset |
| 4613 | + input_section->output_section->vma |
| 4614 | + input_section->output_offset; |
| 4615 | outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_386_RELATIVE); |
| 4616 | sreloc = elf_section_data (input_section)->sreloc; |
| 4617 | if (sreloc == NULL) |
| 4618 | abort (); |
| 4619 | elf_append_rel (output_bfd, sreloc, &outrel); |
| 4620 | } |
| 4621 | /* Fall through */ |
| 4622 | |
| 4623 | case R_386_TLS_GD: |
| 4624 | case R_386_TLS_GOTDESC: |
| 4625 | case R_386_TLS_DESC_CALL: |
| 4626 | case R_386_TLS_IE_32: |
| 4627 | case R_386_TLS_GOTIE: |
| 4628 | tls_type = GOT_UNKNOWN; |
| 4629 | if (h == NULL && local_got_offsets) |
| 4630 | tls_type = elf_i386_local_got_tls_type (input_bfd) [r_symndx]; |
| 4631 | else if (h != NULL) |
| 4632 | tls_type = elf_i386_hash_entry(h)->tls_type; |
| 4633 | if (tls_type == GOT_TLS_IE) |
| 4634 | tls_type = GOT_TLS_IE_NEG; |
| 4635 | |
| 4636 | if (! elf_i386_tls_transition (info, input_bfd, |
| 4637 | input_section, contents, |
| 4638 | symtab_hdr, sym_hashes, |
| 4639 | &r_type, tls_type, rel, |
| 4640 | relend, h, r_symndx, TRUE)) |
| 4641 | return FALSE; |
| 4642 | |
| 4643 | if (r_type == R_386_TLS_LE_32) |
| 4644 | { |
| 4645 | BFD_ASSERT (! unresolved_reloc); |
| 4646 | if (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info) == R_386_TLS_GD) |
| 4647 | { |
| 4648 | unsigned int type; |
| 4649 | bfd_vma roff; |
| 4650 | |
| 4651 | /* GD->LE transition. */ |
| 4652 | type = *(contents + rel->r_offset - 2); |
| 4653 | if (type == 0x04) |
| 4654 | { |
| 4655 | /* Change |
| 4656 | leal foo@tlsgd(,%ebx,1), %eax |
| 4657 | call ___tls_get_addr@PLT |
| 4658 | into: |
| 4659 | movl %gs:0, %eax |
| 4660 | subl $foo@tpoff, %eax |
| 4661 | (6 byte form of subl). */ |
| 4662 | roff = rel->r_offset + 5; |
| 4663 | } |
| 4664 | else |
| 4665 | { |
| 4666 | /* Change |
| 4667 | leal foo@tlsgd(%ebx), %eax |
| 4668 | call ___tls_get_addr@PLT |
| 4669 | nop |
| 4670 | or |
| 4671 | leal foo@tlsgd(%reg), %eax |
| 4672 | call *___tls_get_addr@GOT(%reg) |
| 4673 | which may be converted to |
| 4674 | addr32 call ___tls_get_addr |
| 4675 | into: |
| 4676 | movl %gs:0, %eax; subl $foo@tpoff, %eax |
| 4677 | (6 byte form of subl). */ |
| 4678 | roff = rel->r_offset + 6; |
| 4679 | } |
| 4680 | memcpy (contents + roff - 8, |
| 4681 | "\x65\xa1\0\0\0\0\x81\xe8\0\0\0", 12); |
| 4682 | bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, elf_i386_tpoff (info, relocation), |
| 4683 | contents + roff); |
| 4684 | /* Skip R_386_PC32, R_386_PLT32 and R_386_GOT32X. */ |
| 4685 | rel++; |
| 4686 | wrel++; |
| 4687 | continue; |
| 4688 | } |
| 4689 | else if (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info) == R_386_TLS_GOTDESC) |
| 4690 | { |
| 4691 | /* GDesc -> LE transition. |
| 4692 | It's originally something like: |
| 4693 | leal x@tlsdesc(%ebx), %eax |
| 4694 | |
| 4695 | leal x@ntpoff, %eax |
| 4696 | |
| 4697 | Registers other than %eax may be set up here. */ |
| 4698 | |
| 4699 | unsigned int val; |
| 4700 | bfd_vma roff; |
| 4701 | |
| 4702 | roff = rel->r_offset; |
| 4703 | val = bfd_get_8 (input_bfd, contents + roff - 1); |
| 4704 | |
| 4705 | /* Now modify the instruction as appropriate. */ |
| 4706 | /* aoliva FIXME: remove the above and xor the byte |
| 4707 | below with 0x86. */ |
| 4708 | bfd_put_8 (output_bfd, val ^ 0x86, |
| 4709 | contents + roff - 1); |
| 4710 | bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, -elf_i386_tpoff (info, relocation), |
| 4711 | contents + roff); |
| 4712 | continue; |
| 4713 | } |
| 4714 | else if (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info) == R_386_TLS_DESC_CALL) |
| 4715 | { |
| 4716 | /* GDesc -> LE transition. |
| 4717 | It's originally: |
| 4718 | call *(%eax) |
| 4719 | Turn it into: |
| 4720 | xchg %ax,%ax */ |
| 4721 | |
| 4722 | bfd_vma roff; |
| 4723 | |
| 4724 | roff = rel->r_offset; |
| 4725 | bfd_put_8 (output_bfd, 0x66, contents + roff); |
| 4726 | bfd_put_8 (output_bfd, 0x90, contents + roff + 1); |
| 4727 | continue; |
| 4728 | } |
| 4729 | else if (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info) == R_386_TLS_IE) |
| 4730 | { |
| 4731 | unsigned int val; |
| 4732 | |
| 4733 | /* IE->LE transition: |
| 4734 | Originally it can be one of: |
| 4735 | movl foo, %eax |
| 4736 | movl foo, %reg |
| 4737 | addl foo, %reg |
| 4738 | We change it into: |
| 4739 | movl $foo, %eax |
| 4740 | movl $foo, %reg |
| 4741 | addl $foo, %reg. */ |
| 4742 | val = bfd_get_8 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset - 1); |
| 4743 | if (val == 0xa1) |
| 4744 | { |
| 4745 | /* movl foo, %eax. */ |
| 4746 | bfd_put_8 (output_bfd, 0xb8, |
| 4747 | contents + rel->r_offset - 1); |
| 4748 | } |
| 4749 | else |
| 4750 | { |
| 4751 | unsigned int type; |
| 4752 | |
| 4753 | type = bfd_get_8 (input_bfd, |
| 4754 | contents + rel->r_offset - 2); |
| 4755 | switch (type) |
| 4756 | { |
| 4757 | case 0x8b: |
| 4758 | /* movl */ |
| 4759 | bfd_put_8 (output_bfd, 0xc7, |
| 4760 | contents + rel->r_offset - 2); |
| 4761 | bfd_put_8 (output_bfd, |
| 4762 | 0xc0 | ((val >> 3) & 7), |
| 4763 | contents + rel->r_offset - 1); |
| 4764 | break; |
| 4765 | case 0x03: |
| 4766 | /* addl */ |
| 4767 | bfd_put_8 (output_bfd, 0x81, |
| 4768 | contents + rel->r_offset - 2); |
| 4769 | bfd_put_8 (output_bfd, |
| 4770 | 0xc0 | ((val >> 3) & 7), |
| 4771 | contents + rel->r_offset - 1); |
| 4772 | break; |
| 4773 | default: |
| 4774 | BFD_FAIL (); |
| 4775 | break; |
| 4776 | } |
| 4777 | } |
| 4778 | bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, -elf_i386_tpoff (info, relocation), |
| 4779 | contents + rel->r_offset); |
| 4780 | continue; |
| 4781 | } |
| 4782 | else |
| 4783 | { |
| 4784 | unsigned int val, type; |
| 4785 | |
| 4786 | /* {IE_32,GOTIE}->LE transition: |
| 4787 | Originally it can be one of: |
| 4788 | subl foo(%reg1), %reg2 |
| 4789 | movl foo(%reg1), %reg2 |
| 4790 | addl foo(%reg1), %reg2 |
| 4791 | We change it into: |
| 4792 | subl $foo, %reg2 |
| 4793 | movl $foo, %reg2 (6 byte form) |
| 4794 | addl $foo, %reg2. */ |
| 4795 | type = bfd_get_8 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset - 2); |
| 4796 | val = bfd_get_8 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset - 1); |
| 4797 | if (type == 0x8b) |
| 4798 | { |
| 4799 | /* movl */ |
| 4800 | bfd_put_8 (output_bfd, 0xc7, |
| 4801 | contents + rel->r_offset - 2); |
| 4802 | bfd_put_8 (output_bfd, 0xc0 | ((val >> 3) & 7), |
| 4803 | contents + rel->r_offset - 1); |
| 4804 | } |
| 4805 | else if (type == 0x2b) |
| 4806 | { |
| 4807 | /* subl */ |
| 4808 | bfd_put_8 (output_bfd, 0x81, |
| 4809 | contents + rel->r_offset - 2); |
| 4810 | bfd_put_8 (output_bfd, 0xe8 | ((val >> 3) & 7), |
| 4811 | contents + rel->r_offset - 1); |
| 4812 | } |
| 4813 | else if (type == 0x03) |
| 4814 | { |
| 4815 | /* addl */ |
| 4816 | bfd_put_8 (output_bfd, 0x81, |
| 4817 | contents + rel->r_offset - 2); |
| 4818 | bfd_put_8 (output_bfd, 0xc0 | ((val >> 3) & 7), |
| 4819 | contents + rel->r_offset - 1); |
| 4820 | } |
| 4821 | else |
| 4822 | BFD_FAIL (); |
| 4823 | if (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info) == R_386_TLS_GOTIE) |
| 4824 | bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, -elf_i386_tpoff (info, relocation), |
| 4825 | contents + rel->r_offset); |
| 4826 | else |
| 4827 | bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, elf_i386_tpoff (info, relocation), |
| 4828 | contents + rel->r_offset); |
| 4829 | continue; |
| 4830 | } |
| 4831 | } |
| 4832 | |
| 4833 | if (htab->elf.sgot == NULL) |
| 4834 | abort (); |
| 4835 | |
| 4836 | if (h != NULL) |
| 4837 | { |
| 4838 | off = h->got.offset; |
| 4839 | offplt = elf_i386_hash_entry (h)->tlsdesc_got; |
| 4840 | } |
| 4841 | else |
| 4842 | { |
| 4843 | if (local_got_offsets == NULL) |
| 4844 | abort (); |
| 4845 | |
| 4846 | off = local_got_offsets[r_symndx]; |
| 4847 | offplt = local_tlsdesc_gotents[r_symndx]; |
| 4848 | } |
| 4849 | |
| 4850 | if ((off & 1) != 0) |
| 4851 | off &= ~1; |
| 4852 | else |
| 4853 | { |
| 4854 | Elf_Internal_Rela outrel; |
| 4855 | int dr_type; |
| 4856 | asection *sreloc; |
| 4857 | |
| 4858 | if (htab->elf.srelgot == NULL) |
| 4859 | abort (); |
| 4860 | |
| 4861 | indx = h && h->dynindx != -1 ? h->dynindx : 0; |
| 4862 | |
| 4863 | if (GOT_TLS_GDESC_P (tls_type)) |
| 4864 | { |
| 4865 | bfd_byte *loc; |
| 4866 | outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, R_386_TLS_DESC); |
| 4867 | BFD_ASSERT (htab->sgotplt_jump_table_size + offplt + 8 |
| 4868 | <= htab->elf.sgotplt->size); |
| 4869 | outrel.r_offset = (htab->elf.sgotplt->output_section->vma |
| 4870 | + htab->elf.sgotplt->output_offset |
| 4871 | + offplt |
| 4872 | + htab->sgotplt_jump_table_size); |
| 4873 | sreloc = htab->elf.srelplt; |
| 4874 | loc = sreloc->contents; |
| 4875 | loc += (htab->next_tls_desc_index++ |
| 4876 | * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel)); |
| 4877 | BFD_ASSERT (loc + sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel) |
| 4878 | <= sreloc->contents + sreloc->size); |
| 4879 | bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc); |
| 4880 | if (indx == 0) |
| 4881 | { |
| 4882 | BFD_ASSERT (! unresolved_reloc); |
| 4883 | bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, |
| 4884 | relocation - elf_i386_dtpoff_base (info), |
| 4885 | htab->elf.sgotplt->contents + offplt |
| 4886 | + htab->sgotplt_jump_table_size + 4); |
| 4887 | } |
| 4888 | else |
| 4889 | { |
| 4890 | bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, 0, |
| 4891 | htab->elf.sgotplt->contents + offplt |
| 4892 | + htab->sgotplt_jump_table_size + 4); |
| 4893 | } |
| 4894 | } |
| 4895 | |
| 4896 | sreloc = htab->elf.srelgot; |
| 4897 | |
| 4898 | outrel.r_offset = (htab->elf.sgot->output_section->vma |
| 4899 | + htab->elf.sgot->output_offset + off); |
| 4900 | |
| 4901 | if (GOT_TLS_GD_P (tls_type)) |
| 4902 | dr_type = R_386_TLS_DTPMOD32; |
| 4903 | else if (GOT_TLS_GDESC_P (tls_type)) |
| 4904 | goto dr_done; |
| 4905 | else if (tls_type == GOT_TLS_IE_POS) |
| 4906 | dr_type = R_386_TLS_TPOFF; |
| 4907 | else |
| 4908 | dr_type = R_386_TLS_TPOFF32; |
| 4909 | |
| 4910 | if (dr_type == R_386_TLS_TPOFF && indx == 0) |
| 4911 | bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, |
| 4912 | relocation - elf_i386_dtpoff_base (info), |
| 4913 | htab->elf.sgot->contents + off); |
| 4914 | else if (dr_type == R_386_TLS_TPOFF32 && indx == 0) |
| 4915 | bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, |
| 4916 | elf_i386_dtpoff_base (info) - relocation, |
| 4917 | htab->elf.sgot->contents + off); |
| 4918 | else if (dr_type != R_386_TLS_DESC) |
| 4919 | bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, 0, |
| 4920 | htab->elf.sgot->contents + off); |
| 4921 | outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, dr_type); |
| 4922 | |
| 4923 | elf_append_rel (output_bfd, sreloc, &outrel); |
| 4924 | |
| 4925 | if (GOT_TLS_GD_P (tls_type)) |
| 4926 | { |
| 4927 | if (indx == 0) |
| 4928 | { |
| 4929 | BFD_ASSERT (! unresolved_reloc); |
| 4930 | bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, |
| 4931 | relocation - elf_i386_dtpoff_base (info), |
| 4932 | htab->elf.sgot->contents + off + 4); |
| 4933 | } |
| 4934 | else |
| 4935 | { |
| 4936 | bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, 0, |
| 4937 | htab->elf.sgot->contents + off + 4); |
| 4938 | outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, |
| 4939 | R_386_TLS_DTPOFF32); |
| 4940 | outrel.r_offset += 4; |
| 4941 | elf_append_rel (output_bfd, sreloc, &outrel); |
| 4942 | } |
| 4943 | } |
| 4944 | else if (tls_type == GOT_TLS_IE_BOTH) |
| 4945 | { |
| 4946 | bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, |
| 4947 | (indx == 0 |
| 4948 | ? relocation - elf_i386_dtpoff_base (info) |
| 4949 | : 0), |
| 4950 | htab->elf.sgot->contents + off + 4); |
| 4951 | outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, R_386_TLS_TPOFF); |
| 4952 | outrel.r_offset += 4; |
| 4953 | elf_append_rel (output_bfd, sreloc, &outrel); |
| 4954 | } |
| 4955 | |
| 4956 | dr_done: |
| 4957 | if (h != NULL) |
| 4958 | h->got.offset |= 1; |
| 4959 | else |
| 4960 | local_got_offsets[r_symndx] |= 1; |
| 4961 | } |
| 4962 | |
| 4963 | if (off >= (bfd_vma) -2 |
| 4964 | && ! GOT_TLS_GDESC_P (tls_type)) |
| 4965 | abort (); |
| 4966 | if (r_type == R_386_TLS_GOTDESC |
| 4967 | || r_type == R_386_TLS_DESC_CALL) |
| 4968 | { |
| 4969 | relocation = htab->sgotplt_jump_table_size + offplt; |
| 4970 | unresolved_reloc = FALSE; |
| 4971 | } |
| 4972 | else if (r_type == ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info)) |
| 4973 | { |
| 4974 | bfd_vma g_o_t = htab->elf.sgotplt->output_section->vma |
| 4975 | + htab->elf.sgotplt->output_offset; |
| 4976 | relocation = htab->elf.sgot->output_section->vma |
| 4977 | + htab->elf.sgot->output_offset + off - g_o_t; |
| 4978 | if ((r_type == R_386_TLS_IE || r_type == R_386_TLS_GOTIE) |
| 4979 | && tls_type == GOT_TLS_IE_BOTH) |
| 4980 | relocation += 4; |
| 4981 | if (r_type == R_386_TLS_IE) |
| 4982 | relocation += g_o_t; |
| 4983 | unresolved_reloc = FALSE; |
| 4984 | } |
| 4985 | else if (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info) == R_386_TLS_GD) |
| 4986 | { |
| 4987 | unsigned int val, type; |
| 4988 | bfd_vma roff; |
| 4989 | |
| 4990 | /* GD->IE transition. */ |
| 4991 | type = *(contents + rel->r_offset - 2); |
| 4992 | val = *(contents + rel->r_offset - 1); |
| 4993 | if (type == 0x04) |
| 4994 | { |
| 4995 | /* Change |
| 4996 | leal foo@tlsgd(,%ebx,1), %eax |
| 4997 | call ___tls_get_addr@PLT |
| 4998 | into: |
| 4999 | movl %gs:0, %eax |
| 5000 | subl $foo@gottpoff(%ebx), %eax. */ |
| 5001 | val >>= 3; |
| 5002 | roff = rel->r_offset - 3; |
| 5003 | } |
| 5004 | else |
| 5005 | { |
| 5006 | /* Change |
| 5007 | leal foo@tlsgd(%ebx), %eax |
| 5008 | call ___tls_get_addr@PLT |
| 5009 | nop |
| 5010 | or |
| 5011 | leal foo@tlsgd(%reg), %eax |
| 5012 | call *___tls_get_addr@GOT(%reg) |
| 5013 | which may be converted to |
| 5014 | addr32 call ___tls_get_addr |
| 5015 | into: |
| 5016 | movl %gs:0, %eax; |
| 5017 | subl $foo@gottpoff(%reg), %eax. */ |
| 5018 | roff = rel->r_offset - 2; |
| 5019 | } |
| 5020 | memcpy (contents + roff, |
| 5021 | "\x65\xa1\0\0\0\0\x2b\x80\0\0\0", 12); |
| 5022 | contents[roff + 7] = 0x80 | (val & 7); |
| 5023 | /* If foo is used only with foo@gotntpoff(%reg) and |
| 5024 | foo@indntpoff, but not with foo@gottpoff(%reg), change |
| 5025 | subl $foo@gottpoff(%reg), %eax |
| 5026 | into: |
| 5027 | addl $foo@gotntpoff(%reg), %eax. */ |
| 5028 | if (tls_type == GOT_TLS_IE_POS) |
| 5029 | contents[roff + 6] = 0x03; |
| 5030 | bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, |
| 5031 | htab->elf.sgot->output_section->vma |
| 5032 | + htab->elf.sgot->output_offset + off |
| 5033 | - htab->elf.sgotplt->output_section->vma |
| 5034 | - htab->elf.sgotplt->output_offset, |
| 5035 | contents + roff + 8); |
| 5036 | /* Skip R_386_PLT32 and R_386_GOT32X. */ |
| 5037 | rel++; |
| 5038 | wrel++; |
| 5039 | continue; |
| 5040 | } |
| 5041 | else if (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info) == R_386_TLS_GOTDESC) |
| 5042 | { |
| 5043 | /* GDesc -> IE transition. |
| 5044 | It's originally something like: |
| 5045 | leal x@tlsdesc(%ebx), %eax |
| 5046 | |
| 5047 | Change it to: |
| 5048 | movl x@gotntpoff(%ebx), %eax # before xchg %ax,%ax |
| 5049 | or: |
| 5050 | movl x@gottpoff(%ebx), %eax # before negl %eax |
| 5051 | |
| 5052 | Registers other than %eax may be set up here. */ |
| 5053 | |
| 5054 | bfd_vma roff; |
| 5055 | |
| 5056 | /* First, make sure it's a leal adding ebx to a 32-bit |
| 5057 | offset into any register, although it's probably |
| 5058 | almost always going to be eax. */ |
| 5059 | roff = rel->r_offset; |
| 5060 | |
| 5061 | /* Now modify the instruction as appropriate. */ |
| 5062 | /* To turn a leal into a movl in the form we use it, it |
| 5063 | suffices to change the first byte from 0x8d to 0x8b. |
| 5064 | aoliva FIXME: should we decide to keep the leal, all |
| 5065 | we have to do is remove the statement below, and |
| 5066 | adjust the relaxation of R_386_TLS_DESC_CALL. */ |
| 5067 | bfd_put_8 (output_bfd, 0x8b, contents + roff - 2); |
| 5068 | |
| 5069 | if (tls_type == GOT_TLS_IE_BOTH) |
| 5070 | off += 4; |
| 5071 | |
| 5072 | bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, |
| 5073 | htab->elf.sgot->output_section->vma |
| 5074 | + htab->elf.sgot->output_offset + off |
| 5075 | - htab->elf.sgotplt->output_section->vma |
| 5076 | - htab->elf.sgotplt->output_offset, |
| 5077 | contents + roff); |
| 5078 | continue; |
| 5079 | } |
| 5080 | else if (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info) == R_386_TLS_DESC_CALL) |
| 5081 | { |
| 5082 | /* GDesc -> IE transition. |
| 5083 | It's originally: |
| 5084 | call *(%eax) |
| 5085 | |
| 5086 | Change it to: |
| 5087 | xchg %ax,%ax |
| 5088 | or |
| 5089 | negl %eax |
| 5090 | depending on how we transformed the TLS_GOTDESC above. |
| 5091 | */ |
| 5092 | |
| 5093 | bfd_vma roff; |
| 5094 | |
| 5095 | roff = rel->r_offset; |
| 5096 | |
| 5097 | /* Now modify the instruction as appropriate. */ |
| 5098 | if (tls_type != GOT_TLS_IE_NEG) |
| 5099 | { |
| 5100 | /* xchg %ax,%ax */ |
| 5101 | bfd_put_8 (output_bfd, 0x66, contents + roff); |
| 5102 | bfd_put_8 (output_bfd, 0x90, contents + roff + 1); |
| 5103 | } |
| 5104 | else |
| 5105 | { |
| 5106 | /* negl %eax */ |
| 5107 | bfd_put_8 (output_bfd, 0xf7, contents + roff); |
| 5108 | bfd_put_8 (output_bfd, 0xd8, contents + roff + 1); |
| 5109 | } |
| 5110 | |
| 5111 | continue; |
| 5112 | } |
| 5113 | else |
| 5114 | BFD_ASSERT (FALSE); |
| 5115 | break; |
| 5116 | |
| 5117 | case R_386_TLS_LDM: |
| 5118 | if (! elf_i386_tls_transition (info, input_bfd, |
| 5119 | input_section, contents, |
| 5120 | symtab_hdr, sym_hashes, |
| 5121 | &r_type, GOT_UNKNOWN, rel, |
| 5122 | relend, h, r_symndx, TRUE)) |
| 5123 | return FALSE; |
| 5124 | |
| 5125 | if (r_type != R_386_TLS_LDM) |
| 5126 | { |
| 5127 | /* LD->LE transition. Change |
| 5128 | leal foo@tlsldm(%ebx) %eax |
| 5129 | call ___tls_get_addr@PLT |
| 5130 | into: |
| 5131 | movl %gs:0, %eax |
| 5132 | nop |
| 5133 | leal 0(%esi,1), %esi |
| 5134 | or change |
| 5135 | leal foo@tlsldm(%reg) %eax |
| 5136 | call *___tls_get_addr@GOT(%reg) |
| 5137 | which may be converted to |
| 5138 | addr32 call ___tls_get_addr |
| 5139 | into: |
| 5140 | movl %gs:0, %eax |
| 5141 | leal 0(%esi), %esi */ |
| 5142 | BFD_ASSERT (r_type == R_386_TLS_LE_32); |
| 5143 | if (*(contents + rel->r_offset + 4) == 0xff |
| 5144 | || *(contents + rel->r_offset + 4) == 0x67) |
| 5145 | memcpy (contents + rel->r_offset - 2, |
| 5146 | "\x65\xa1\0\0\0\0\x8d\xb6\0\0\0", 12); |
| 5147 | else |
| 5148 | memcpy (contents + rel->r_offset - 2, |
| 5149 | "\x65\xa1\0\0\0\0\x90\x8d\x74\x26", 11); |
| 5150 | /* Skip R_386_PC32/R_386_PLT32. */ |
| 5151 | rel++; |
| 5152 | wrel++; |
| 5153 | continue; |
| 5154 | } |
| 5155 | |
| 5156 | if (htab->elf.sgot == NULL) |
| 5157 | abort (); |
| 5158 | |
| 5159 | off = htab->tls_ldm_got.offset; |
| 5160 | if (off & 1) |
| 5161 | off &= ~1; |
| 5162 | else |
| 5163 | { |
| 5164 | Elf_Internal_Rela outrel; |
| 5165 | |
| 5166 | if (htab->elf.srelgot == NULL) |
| 5167 | abort (); |
| 5168 | |
| 5169 | outrel.r_offset = (htab->elf.sgot->output_section->vma |
| 5170 | + htab->elf.sgot->output_offset + off); |
| 5171 | |
| 5172 | bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, 0, |
| 5173 | htab->elf.sgot->contents + off); |
| 5174 | bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, 0, |
| 5175 | htab->elf.sgot->contents + off + 4); |
| 5176 | outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_386_TLS_DTPMOD32); |
| 5177 | elf_append_rel (output_bfd, htab->elf.srelgot, &outrel); |
| 5178 | htab->tls_ldm_got.offset |= 1; |
| 5179 | } |
| 5180 | relocation = htab->elf.sgot->output_section->vma |
| 5181 | + htab->elf.sgot->output_offset + off |
| 5182 | - htab->elf.sgotplt->output_section->vma |
| 5183 | - htab->elf.sgotplt->output_offset; |
| 5184 | unresolved_reloc = FALSE; |
| 5185 | break; |
| 5186 | |
| 5187 | case R_386_TLS_LDO_32: |
| 5188 | if (!bfd_link_executable (info) |
| 5189 | || (input_section->flags & SEC_CODE) == 0) |
| 5190 | relocation -= elf_i386_dtpoff_base (info); |
| 5191 | else |
| 5192 | /* When converting LDO to LE, we must negate. */ |
| 5193 | relocation = -elf_i386_tpoff (info, relocation); |
| 5194 | break; |
| 5195 | |
| 5196 | case R_386_TLS_LE_32: |
| 5197 | case R_386_TLS_LE: |
| 5198 | if (!bfd_link_executable (info)) |
| 5199 | { |
| 5200 | Elf_Internal_Rela outrel; |
| 5201 | asection *sreloc; |
| 5202 | |
| 5203 | outrel.r_offset = rel->r_offset |
| 5204 | + input_section->output_section->vma |
| 5205 | + input_section->output_offset; |
| 5206 | if (h != NULL && h->dynindx != -1) |
| 5207 | indx = h->dynindx; |
| 5208 | else |
| 5209 | indx = 0; |
| 5210 | if (r_type == R_386_TLS_LE_32) |
| 5211 | outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, R_386_TLS_TPOFF32); |
| 5212 | else |
| 5213 | outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, R_386_TLS_TPOFF); |
| 5214 | sreloc = elf_section_data (input_section)->sreloc; |
| 5215 | if (sreloc == NULL) |
| 5216 | abort (); |
| 5217 | elf_append_rel (output_bfd, sreloc, &outrel); |
| 5218 | if (indx) |
| 5219 | continue; |
| 5220 | else if (r_type == R_386_TLS_LE_32) |
| 5221 | relocation = elf_i386_dtpoff_base (info) - relocation; |
| 5222 | else |
| 5223 | relocation -= elf_i386_dtpoff_base (info); |
| 5224 | } |
| 5225 | else if (r_type == R_386_TLS_LE_32) |
| 5226 | relocation = elf_i386_tpoff (info, relocation); |
| 5227 | else |
| 5228 | relocation = -elf_i386_tpoff (info, relocation); |
| 5229 | break; |
| 5230 | |
| 5231 | default: |
| 5232 | break; |
| 5233 | } |
| 5234 | |
| 5235 | /* Dynamic relocs are not propagated for SEC_DEBUGGING sections |
| 5236 | because such sections are not SEC_ALLOC and thus ld.so will |
| 5237 | not process them. */ |
| 5238 | if (unresolved_reloc |
| 5239 | && !((input_section->flags & SEC_DEBUGGING) != 0 |
| 5240 | && h->def_dynamic) |
| 5241 | && _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info, input_section, |
| 5242 | rel->r_offset) != (bfd_vma) -1) |
| 5243 | { |
| 5244 | _bfd_error_handler |
| 5245 | /* xgettext:c-format */ |
| 5246 | (_("%B(%A+0x%lx): unresolvable %s relocation against symbol `%s'"), |
| 5247 | input_bfd, |
| 5248 | input_section, |
| 5249 | (long) rel->r_offset, |
| 5250 | howto->name, |
| 5251 | h->root.root.string); |
| 5252 | return FALSE; |
| 5253 | } |
| 5254 | |
| 5255 | do_relocation: |
| 5256 | r = _bfd_final_link_relocate (howto, input_bfd, input_section, |
| 5257 | contents, rel->r_offset, |
| 5258 | relocation, 0); |
| 5259 | |
| 5260 | check_relocation_error: |
| 5261 | if (r != bfd_reloc_ok) |
| 5262 | { |
| 5263 | const char *name; |
| 5264 | |
| 5265 | if (h != NULL) |
| 5266 | name = h->root.root.string; |
| 5267 | else |
| 5268 | { |
| 5269 | name = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (input_bfd, |
| 5270 | symtab_hdr->sh_link, |
| 5271 | sym->st_name); |
| 5272 | if (name == NULL) |
| 5273 | return FALSE; |
| 5274 | if (*name == '\0') |
| 5275 | name = bfd_section_name (input_bfd, sec); |
| 5276 | } |
| 5277 | |
| 5278 | if (r == bfd_reloc_overflow) |
| 5279 | (*info->callbacks->reloc_overflow) |
| 5280 | (info, (h ? &h->root : NULL), name, howto->name, |
| 5281 | (bfd_vma) 0, input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset); |
| 5282 | else |
| 5283 | { |
| 5284 | _bfd_error_handler |
| 5285 | /* xgettext:c-format */ |
| 5286 | (_("%B(%A+0x%lx): reloc against `%s': error %d"), |
| 5287 | input_bfd, input_section, |
| 5288 | (long) rel->r_offset, name, (int) r); |
| 5289 | return FALSE; |
| 5290 | } |
| 5291 | } |
| 5292 | |
| 5293 | if (wrel != rel) |
| 5294 | *wrel = *rel; |
| 5295 | } |
| 5296 | |
| 5297 | if (wrel != rel) |
| 5298 | { |
| 5299 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *rel_hdr; |
| 5300 | size_t deleted = rel - wrel; |
| 5301 | |
| 5302 | rel_hdr = _bfd_elf_single_rel_hdr (input_section->output_section); |
| 5303 | rel_hdr->sh_size -= rel_hdr->sh_entsize * deleted; |
| 5304 | if (rel_hdr->sh_size == 0) |
| 5305 | { |
| 5306 | /* It is too late to remove an empty reloc section. Leave |
| 5307 | one NONE reloc. |
| 5308 | ??? What is wrong with an empty section??? */ |
| 5309 | rel_hdr->sh_size = rel_hdr->sh_entsize; |
| 5310 | deleted -= 1; |
| 5311 | } |
| 5312 | rel_hdr = _bfd_elf_single_rel_hdr (input_section); |
| 5313 | rel_hdr->sh_size -= rel_hdr->sh_entsize * deleted; |
| 5314 | input_section->reloc_count -= deleted; |
| 5315 | } |
| 5316 | |
| 5317 | return TRUE; |
| 5318 | } |
| 5319 | |
| 5320 | /* Finish up dynamic symbol handling. We set the contents of various |
| 5321 | dynamic sections here. */ |
| 5322 | |
| 5323 | static bfd_boolean |
| 5324 | elf_i386_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd *output_bfd, |
| 5325 | struct bfd_link_info *info, |
| 5326 | struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, |
| 5327 | Elf_Internal_Sym *sym) |
| 5328 | { |
| 5329 | struct elf_i386_link_hash_table *htab; |
| 5330 | unsigned plt_entry_size; |
| 5331 | const struct elf_i386_backend_data *abed; |
| 5332 | struct elf_i386_link_hash_entry *eh; |
| 5333 | bfd_boolean local_undefweak; |
| 5334 | |
| 5335 | htab = elf_i386_hash_table (info); |
| 5336 | if (htab == NULL) |
| 5337 | return FALSE; |
| 5338 | |
| 5339 | abed = get_elf_i386_backend_data (output_bfd); |
| 5340 | plt_entry_size = GET_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE (output_bfd); |
| 5341 | |
| 5342 | eh = (struct elf_i386_link_hash_entry *) h; |
| 5343 | if (eh->no_finish_dynamic_symbol) |
| 5344 | abort (); |
| 5345 | |
| 5346 | /* We keep PLT/GOT entries without dynamic PLT/GOT relocations for |
| 5347 | resolved undefined weak symbols in executable so that their |
| 5348 | references have value 0 at run-time. */ |
| 5349 | local_undefweak = UNDEFINED_WEAK_RESOLVED_TO_ZERO (info, |
| 5350 | eh->has_got_reloc, |
| 5351 | eh); |
| 5352 | |
| 5353 | if (h->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1) |
| 5354 | { |
| 5355 | bfd_vma plt_index; |
| 5356 | bfd_vma got_offset; |
| 5357 | Elf_Internal_Rela rel; |
| 5358 | bfd_byte *loc; |
| 5359 | asection *plt, *gotplt, *relplt; |
| 5360 | |
| 5361 | /* When building a static executable, use .iplt, .igot.plt and |
| 5362 | .rel.iplt sections for STT_GNU_IFUNC symbols. */ |
| 5363 | if (htab->elf.splt != NULL) |
| 5364 | { |
| 5365 | plt = htab->elf.splt; |
| 5366 | gotplt = htab->elf.sgotplt; |
| 5367 | relplt = htab->elf.srelplt; |
| 5368 | } |
| 5369 | else |
| 5370 | { |
| 5371 | plt = htab->elf.iplt; |
| 5372 | gotplt = htab->elf.igotplt; |
| 5373 | relplt = htab->elf.irelplt; |
| 5374 | } |
| 5375 | |
| 5376 | /* This symbol has an entry in the procedure linkage table. Set |
| 5377 | it up. */ |
| 5378 | |
| 5379 | if ((h->dynindx == -1 |
| 5380 | && !local_undefweak |
| 5381 | && !((h->forced_local || bfd_link_executable (info)) |
| 5382 | && h->def_regular |
| 5383 | && h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC)) |
| 5384 | || plt == NULL |
| 5385 | || gotplt == NULL |
| 5386 | || relplt == NULL) |
| 5387 | abort (); |
| 5388 | |
| 5389 | /* Get the index in the procedure linkage table which |
| 5390 | corresponds to this symbol. This is the index of this symbol |
| 5391 | in all the symbols for which we are making plt entries. The |
| 5392 | first entry in the procedure linkage table is reserved. |
| 5393 | |
| 5394 | Get the offset into the .got table of the entry that |
| 5395 | corresponds to this function. Each .got entry is 4 bytes. |
| 5396 | The first three are reserved. |
| 5397 | |
| 5398 | For static executables, we don't reserve anything. */ |
| 5399 | |
| 5400 | if (plt == htab->elf.splt) |
| 5401 | { |
| 5402 | got_offset = h->plt.offset / plt_entry_size - 1; |
| 5403 | got_offset = (got_offset + 3) * 4; |
| 5404 | } |
| 5405 | else |
| 5406 | { |
| 5407 | got_offset = h->plt.offset / plt_entry_size; |
| 5408 | got_offset = got_offset * 4; |
| 5409 | } |
| 5410 | |
| 5411 | /* Fill in the entry in the procedure linkage table. */ |
| 5412 | if (! bfd_link_pic (info)) |
| 5413 | { |
| 5414 | memcpy (plt->contents + h->plt.offset, abed->plt->plt_entry, |
| 5415 | abed->plt->plt_entry_size); |
| 5416 | bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, |
| 5417 | (gotplt->output_section->vma |
| 5418 | + gotplt->output_offset |
| 5419 | + got_offset), |
| 5420 | plt->contents + h->plt.offset |
| 5421 | + abed->plt->plt_got_offset); |
| 5422 | |
| 5423 | if (abed->is_vxworks) |
| 5424 | { |
| 5425 | int s, k, reloc_index; |
| 5426 | |
| 5427 | /* Create the R_386_32 relocation referencing the GOT |
| 5428 | for this PLT entry. */ |
| 5429 | |
| 5430 | /* S: Current slot number (zero-based). */ |
| 5431 | s = ((h->plt.offset - abed->plt->plt_entry_size) |
| 5432 | / abed->plt->plt_entry_size); |
| 5433 | /* K: Number of relocations for PLTResolve. */ |
| 5434 | if (bfd_link_pic (info)) |
| 5435 | k = PLTRESOLVE_RELOCS_SHLIB; |
| 5436 | else |
| 5437 | k = PLTRESOLVE_RELOCS; |
| 5438 | /* Skip the PLTresolve relocations, and the relocations for |
| 5439 | the other PLT slots. */ |
| 5440 | reloc_index = k + s * PLT_NON_JUMP_SLOT_RELOCS; |
| 5441 | loc = (htab->srelplt2->contents + reloc_index |
| 5442 | * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel)); |
| 5443 | |
| 5444 | rel.r_offset = (htab->elf.splt->output_section->vma |
| 5445 | + htab->elf.splt->output_offset |
| 5446 | + h->plt.offset + 2), |
| 5447 | rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->elf.hgot->indx, R_386_32); |
| 5448 | bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc); |
| 5449 | |
| 5450 | /* Create the R_386_32 relocation referencing the beginning of |
| 5451 | the PLT for this GOT entry. */ |
| 5452 | rel.r_offset = (htab->elf.sgotplt->output_section->vma |
| 5453 | + htab->elf.sgotplt->output_offset |
| 5454 | + got_offset); |
| 5455 | rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->elf.hplt->indx, R_386_32); |
| 5456 | bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &rel, |
| 5457 | loc + sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel)); |
| 5458 | } |
| 5459 | } |
| 5460 | else |
| 5461 | { |
| 5462 | memcpy (plt->contents + h->plt.offset, abed->plt->pic_plt_entry, |
| 5463 | abed->plt->plt_entry_size); |
| 5464 | bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, got_offset, |
| 5465 | plt->contents + h->plt.offset |
| 5466 | + abed->plt->plt_got_offset); |
| 5467 | } |
| 5468 | |
| 5469 | /* Fill in the entry in the global offset table. Leave the entry |
| 5470 | as zero for undefined weak symbol in PIE. No PLT relocation |
| 5471 | against undefined weak symbol in PIE. */ |
| 5472 | if (!local_undefweak) |
| 5473 | { |
| 5474 | bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, |
| 5475 | (plt->output_section->vma |
| 5476 | + plt->output_offset |
| 5477 | + h->plt.offset |
| 5478 | + abed->plt->plt_lazy_offset), |
| 5479 | gotplt->contents + got_offset); |
| 5480 | |
| 5481 | /* Fill in the entry in the .rel.plt section. */ |
| 5482 | rel.r_offset = (gotplt->output_section->vma |
| 5483 | + gotplt->output_offset |
| 5484 | + got_offset); |
| 5485 | if (h->dynindx == -1 |
| 5486 | || ((bfd_link_executable (info) |
| 5487 | || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) != STV_DEFAULT) |
| 5488 | && h->def_regular |
| 5489 | && h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC)) |
| 5490 | { |
| 5491 | /* If an STT_GNU_IFUNC symbol is locally defined, generate |
| 5492 | R_386_IRELATIVE instead of R_386_JUMP_SLOT. Store addend |
| 5493 | in the .got.plt section. */ |
| 5494 | bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, |
| 5495 | (h->root.u.def.value |
| 5496 | + h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma |
| 5497 | + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset), |
| 5498 | gotplt->contents + got_offset); |
| 5499 | rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_386_IRELATIVE); |
| 5500 | /* R_386_IRELATIVE comes last. */ |
| 5501 | plt_index = htab->next_irelative_index--; |
| 5502 | } |
| 5503 | else |
| 5504 | { |
| 5505 | rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_386_JUMP_SLOT); |
| 5506 | plt_index = htab->next_jump_slot_index++; |
| 5507 | } |
| 5508 | |
| 5509 | loc = relplt->contents + plt_index * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel); |
| 5510 | bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc); |
| 5511 | |
| 5512 | /* Don't fill PLT entry for static executables. */ |
| 5513 | if (plt == htab->elf.splt) |
| 5514 | { |
| 5515 | bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, |
| 5516 | plt_index * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel), |
| 5517 | plt->contents + h->plt.offset |
| 5518 | + abed->plt->plt_reloc_offset); |
| 5519 | bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, - (h->plt.offset |
| 5520 | + abed->plt->plt_plt_offset + 4), |
| 5521 | plt->contents + h->plt.offset |
| 5522 | + abed->plt->plt_plt_offset); |
| 5523 | } |
| 5524 | } |
| 5525 | } |
| 5526 | else if (eh->plt_got.offset != (bfd_vma) -1) |
| 5527 | { |
| 5528 | bfd_vma got_offset, plt_offset; |
| 5529 | asection *plt, *got, *gotplt; |
| 5530 | const bfd_byte *got_plt_entry; |
| 5531 | |
| 5532 | /* Offset of displacement of the indirect jump. */ |
| 5533 | bfd_vma plt_got_offset = 2; |
| 5534 | |
| 5535 | /* Set the entry in the GOT procedure linkage table. */ |
| 5536 | plt = htab->plt_got; |
| 5537 | got = htab->elf.sgot; |
| 5538 | gotplt = htab->elf.sgotplt; |
| 5539 | got_offset = h->got.offset; |
| 5540 | |
| 5541 | if (got_offset == (bfd_vma) -1 |
| 5542 | || plt == NULL |
| 5543 | || got == NULL |
| 5544 | || gotplt == NULL) |
| 5545 | abort (); |
| 5546 | |
| 5547 | /* Fill in the entry in the GOT procedure linkage table. */ |
| 5548 | if (! bfd_link_pic (info)) |
| 5549 | { |
| 5550 | got_plt_entry = elf_i386_got_plt_entry; |
| 5551 | got_offset += got->output_section->vma + got->output_offset; |
| 5552 | } |
| 5553 | else |
| 5554 | { |
| 5555 | got_plt_entry = elf_i386_pic_got_plt_entry; |
| 5556 | got_offset += (got->output_section->vma |
| 5557 | + got->output_offset |
| 5558 | - gotplt->output_section->vma |
| 5559 | - gotplt->output_offset); |
| 5560 | } |
| 5561 | |
| 5562 | plt_offset = eh->plt_got.offset; |
| 5563 | memcpy (plt->contents + plt_offset, got_plt_entry, |
| 5564 | sizeof (elf_i386_got_plt_entry)); |
| 5565 | bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, got_offset, |
| 5566 | plt->contents + plt_offset + plt_got_offset); |
| 5567 | } |
| 5568 | |
| 5569 | if (!local_undefweak |
| 5570 | && !h->def_regular |
| 5571 | && (h->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1 |
| 5572 | || eh->plt_got.offset != (bfd_vma) -1)) |
| 5573 | { |
| 5574 | /* Mark the symbol as undefined, rather than as defined in |
| 5575 | the .plt section. Leave the value if there were any |
| 5576 | relocations where pointer equality matters (this is a clue |
| 5577 | for the dynamic linker, to make function pointer |
| 5578 | comparisons work between an application and shared |
| 5579 | library), otherwise set it to zero. If a function is only |
| 5580 | called from a binary, there is no need to slow down |
| 5581 | shared libraries because of that. */ |
| 5582 | sym->st_shndx = SHN_UNDEF; |
| 5583 | if (!h->pointer_equality_needed) |
| 5584 | sym->st_value = 0; |
| 5585 | } |
| 5586 | |
| 5587 | /* Don't generate dynamic GOT relocation against undefined weak |
| 5588 | symbol in executable. */ |
| 5589 | if (h->got.offset != (bfd_vma) -1 |
| 5590 | && ! GOT_TLS_GD_ANY_P (elf_i386_hash_entry(h)->tls_type) |
| 5591 | && (elf_i386_hash_entry(h)->tls_type & GOT_TLS_IE) == 0 |
| 5592 | && !local_undefweak) |
| 5593 | { |
| 5594 | Elf_Internal_Rela rel; |
| 5595 | asection *relgot = htab->elf.srelgot; |
| 5596 | |
| 5597 | /* This symbol has an entry in the global offset table. Set it |
| 5598 | up. */ |
| 5599 | |
| 5600 | if (htab->elf.sgot == NULL || htab->elf.srelgot == NULL) |
| 5601 | abort (); |
| 5602 | |
| 5603 | rel.r_offset = (htab->elf.sgot->output_section->vma |
| 5604 | + htab->elf.sgot->output_offset |
| 5605 | + (h->got.offset & ~(bfd_vma) 1)); |
| 5606 | |
| 5607 | /* If this is a static link, or it is a -Bsymbolic link and the |
| 5608 | symbol is defined locally or was forced to be local because |
| 5609 | of a version file, we just want to emit a RELATIVE reloc. |
| 5610 | The entry in the global offset table will already have been |
| 5611 | initialized in the relocate_section function. */ |
| 5612 | if (h->def_regular |
| 5613 | && h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC) |
| 5614 | { |
| 5615 | if (h->plt.offset == (bfd_vma) -1) |
| 5616 | { |
| 5617 | /* STT_GNU_IFUNC is referenced without PLT. */ |
| 5618 | if (htab->elf.splt == NULL) |
| 5619 | { |
| 5620 | /* use .rel[a].iplt section to store .got relocations |
| 5621 | in static executable. */ |
| 5622 | relgot = htab->elf.irelplt; |
| 5623 | } |
| 5624 | if (SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h)) |
| 5625 | { |
| 5626 | bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, |
| 5627 | (h->root.u.def.value |
| 5628 | + h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma |
| 5629 | + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset), |
| 5630 | htab->elf.sgot->contents + h->got.offset); |
| 5631 | rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_386_IRELATIVE); |
| 5632 | } |
| 5633 | else |
| 5634 | goto do_glob_dat; |
| 5635 | } |
| 5636 | else if (bfd_link_pic (info)) |
| 5637 | { |
| 5638 | /* Generate R_386_GLOB_DAT. */ |
| 5639 | goto do_glob_dat; |
| 5640 | } |
| 5641 | else |
| 5642 | { |
| 5643 | asection *plt; |
| 5644 | |
| 5645 | if (!h->pointer_equality_needed) |
| 5646 | abort (); |
| 5647 | |
| 5648 | /* For non-shared object, we can't use .got.plt, which |
| 5649 | contains the real function addres if we need pointer |
| 5650 | equality. We load the GOT entry with the PLT entry. */ |
| 5651 | plt = htab->elf.splt ? htab->elf.splt : htab->elf.iplt; |
| 5652 | bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, |
| 5653 | (plt->output_section->vma |
| 5654 | + plt->output_offset + h->plt.offset), |
| 5655 | htab->elf.sgot->contents + h->got.offset); |
| 5656 | return TRUE; |
| 5657 | } |
| 5658 | } |
| 5659 | else if (bfd_link_pic (info) |
| 5660 | && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h)) |
| 5661 | { |
| 5662 | BFD_ASSERT((h->got.offset & 1) != 0); |
| 5663 | rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_386_RELATIVE); |
| 5664 | } |
| 5665 | else |
| 5666 | { |
| 5667 | BFD_ASSERT((h->got.offset & 1) == 0); |
| 5668 | do_glob_dat: |
| 5669 | bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0, |
| 5670 | htab->elf.sgot->contents + h->got.offset); |
| 5671 | rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_386_GLOB_DAT); |
| 5672 | } |
| 5673 | |
| 5674 | elf_append_rel (output_bfd, relgot, &rel); |
| 5675 | } |
| 5676 | |
| 5677 | if (h->needs_copy) |
| 5678 | { |
| 5679 | Elf_Internal_Rela rel; |
| 5680 | asection *s; |
| 5681 | |
| 5682 | /* This symbol needs a copy reloc. Set it up. */ |
| 5683 | |
| 5684 | if (h->dynindx == -1 |
| 5685 | || (h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_defined |
| 5686 | && h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_defweak) |
| 5687 | || htab->elf.srelbss == NULL |
| 5688 | || htab->elf.sreldynrelro == NULL) |
| 5689 | abort (); |
| 5690 | |
| 5691 | rel.r_offset = (h->root.u.def.value |
| 5692 | + h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma |
| 5693 | + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset); |
| 5694 | rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_386_COPY); |
| 5695 | if (h->root.u.def.section == htab->elf.sdynrelro) |
| 5696 | s = htab->elf.sreldynrelro; |
| 5697 | else |
| 5698 | s = htab->elf.srelbss; |
| 5699 | elf_append_rel (output_bfd, s, &rel); |
| 5700 | } |
| 5701 | |
| 5702 | return TRUE; |
| 5703 | } |
| 5704 | |
| 5705 | /* Finish up local dynamic symbol handling. We set the contents of |
| 5706 | various dynamic sections here. */ |
| 5707 | |
| 5708 | static bfd_boolean |
| 5709 | elf_i386_finish_local_dynamic_symbol (void **slot, void *inf) |
| 5710 | { |
| 5711 | struct elf_link_hash_entry *h |
| 5712 | = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) *slot; |
| 5713 | struct bfd_link_info *info |
| 5714 | = (struct bfd_link_info *) inf; |
| 5715 | |
| 5716 | return elf_i386_finish_dynamic_symbol (info->output_bfd, info, |
| 5717 | h, NULL); |
| 5718 | } |
| 5719 | |
| 5720 | /* Finish up undefined weak symbol handling in PIE. Fill its PLT entry |
| 5721 | here since undefined weak symbol may not be dynamic and may not be |
| 5722 | called for elf_i386_finish_dynamic_symbol. */ |
| 5723 | |
| 5724 | static bfd_boolean |
| 5725 | elf_i386_pie_finish_undefweak_symbol (struct bfd_hash_entry *bh, |
| 5726 | void *inf) |
| 5727 | { |
| 5728 | struct elf_link_hash_entry *h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) bh; |
| 5729 | struct bfd_link_info *info = (struct bfd_link_info *) inf; |
| 5730 | |
| 5731 | if (h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak |
| 5732 | || h->dynindx != -1) |
| 5733 | return TRUE; |
| 5734 | |
| 5735 | return elf_i386_finish_dynamic_symbol (info->output_bfd, |
| 5736 | info, h, NULL); |
| 5737 | } |
| 5738 | |
| 5739 | /* Used to decide how to sort relocs in an optimal manner for the |
| 5740 | dynamic linker, before writing them out. */ |
| 5741 | |
| 5742 | static enum elf_reloc_type_class |
| 5743 | elf_i386_reloc_type_class (const struct bfd_link_info *info, |
| 5744 | const asection *rel_sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, |
| 5745 | const Elf_Internal_Rela *rela) |
| 5746 | { |
| 5747 | bfd *abfd = info->output_bfd; |
| 5748 | const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); |
| 5749 | struct elf_link_hash_table *htab = elf_hash_table (info); |
| 5750 | |
| 5751 | if (htab->dynsym != NULL |
| 5752 | && htab->dynsym->contents != NULL) |
| 5753 | { |
| 5754 | /* Check relocation against STT_GNU_IFUNC symbol if there are |
| 5755 | dynamic symbols. */ |
| 5756 | unsigned long r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rela->r_info); |
| 5757 | if (r_symndx != STN_UNDEF) |
| 5758 | { |
| 5759 | Elf_Internal_Sym sym; |
| 5760 | if (!bed->s->swap_symbol_in (abfd, |
| 5761 | (htab->dynsym->contents |
| 5762 | + r_symndx * sizeof (Elf32_External_Sym)), |
| 5763 | 0, &sym)) |
| 5764 | abort (); |
| 5765 | |
| 5766 | if (ELF32_ST_TYPE (sym.st_info) == STT_GNU_IFUNC) |
| 5767 | return reloc_class_ifunc; |
| 5768 | } |
| 5769 | } |
| 5770 | |
| 5771 | switch (ELF32_R_TYPE (rela->r_info)) |
| 5772 | { |
| 5773 | case R_386_IRELATIVE: |
| 5774 | return reloc_class_ifunc; |
| 5775 | case R_386_RELATIVE: |
| 5776 | return reloc_class_relative; |
| 5777 | case R_386_JUMP_SLOT: |
| 5778 | return reloc_class_plt; |
| 5779 | case R_386_COPY: |
| 5780 | return reloc_class_copy; |
| 5781 | default: |
| 5782 | return reloc_class_normal; |
| 5783 | } |
| 5784 | } |
| 5785 | |
| 5786 | /* Finish up the dynamic sections. */ |
| 5787 | |
| 5788 | static bfd_boolean |
| 5789 | elf_i386_finish_dynamic_sections (bfd *output_bfd, |
| 5790 | struct bfd_link_info *info) |
| 5791 | { |
| 5792 | struct elf_i386_link_hash_table *htab; |
| 5793 | bfd *dynobj; |
| 5794 | asection *sdyn; |
| 5795 | const struct elf_i386_backend_data *abed; |
| 5796 | |
| 5797 | htab = elf_i386_hash_table (info); |
| 5798 | if (htab == NULL) |
| 5799 | return FALSE; |
| 5800 | |
| 5801 | dynobj = htab->elf.dynobj; |
| 5802 | sdyn = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".dynamic"); |
| 5803 | abed = get_elf_i386_backend_data (output_bfd); |
| 5804 | |
| 5805 | if (htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created) |
| 5806 | { |
| 5807 | Elf32_External_Dyn *dyncon, *dynconend; |
| 5808 | |
| 5809 | if (sdyn == NULL || htab->elf.sgot == NULL) |
| 5810 | abort (); |
| 5811 | |
| 5812 | dyncon = (Elf32_External_Dyn *) sdyn->contents; |
| 5813 | dynconend = (Elf32_External_Dyn *) (sdyn->contents + sdyn->size); |
| 5814 | for (; dyncon < dynconend; dyncon++) |
| 5815 | { |
| 5816 | Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn; |
| 5817 | asection *s; |
| 5818 | |
| 5819 | bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_in (dynobj, dyncon, &dyn); |
| 5820 | |
| 5821 | switch (dyn.d_tag) |
| 5822 | { |
| 5823 | default: |
| 5824 | if (abed->is_vxworks |
| 5825 | && elf_vxworks_finish_dynamic_entry (output_bfd, &dyn)) |
| 5826 | break; |
| 5827 | continue; |
| 5828 | |
| 5829 | case DT_PLTGOT: |
| 5830 | s = htab->elf.sgotplt; |
| 5831 | dyn.d_un.d_ptr = s->output_section->vma + s->output_offset; |
| 5832 | break; |
| 5833 | |
| 5834 | case DT_JMPREL: |
| 5835 | s = htab->elf.srelplt; |
| 5836 | dyn.d_un.d_ptr = s->output_section->vma + s->output_offset; |
| 5837 | break; |
| 5838 | |
| 5839 | case DT_PLTRELSZ: |
| 5840 | s = htab->elf.srelplt; |
| 5841 | dyn.d_un.d_val = s->size; |
| 5842 | break; |
| 5843 | } |
| 5844 | |
| 5845 | bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd, &dyn, dyncon); |
| 5846 | } |
| 5847 | |
| 5848 | if (htab->elf.splt && htab->elf.splt->size > 0) |
| 5849 | { |
| 5850 | /* UnixWare sets the entsize of .plt to 4, although that doesn't |
| 5851 | really seem like the right value. */ |
| 5852 | elf_section_data (htab->elf.splt->output_section) |
| 5853 | ->this_hdr.sh_entsize = 4; |
| 5854 | |
| 5855 | /* Fill in the special first entry in the procedure linkage |
| 5856 | table. */ |
| 5857 | if (bfd_link_pic (info)) |
| 5858 | { |
| 5859 | memcpy (htab->elf.splt->contents, abed->plt->pic_plt0_entry, |
| 5860 | abed->plt->plt0_entry_size); |
| 5861 | memset (htab->elf.splt->contents + abed->plt->plt0_entry_size, |
| 5862 | abed->plt0_pad_byte, |
| 5863 | abed->plt->plt_entry_size - abed->plt->plt0_entry_size); |
| 5864 | } |
| 5865 | else |
| 5866 | { |
| 5867 | memcpy (htab->elf.splt->contents, abed->plt->plt0_entry, |
| 5868 | abed->plt->plt0_entry_size); |
| 5869 | memset (htab->elf.splt->contents + abed->plt->plt0_entry_size, |
| 5870 | abed->plt0_pad_byte, |
| 5871 | abed->plt->plt_entry_size - abed->plt->plt0_entry_size); |
| 5872 | bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, |
| 5873 | (htab->elf.sgotplt->output_section->vma |
| 5874 | + htab->elf.sgotplt->output_offset |
| 5875 | + 4), |
| 5876 | htab->elf.splt->contents |
| 5877 | + abed->plt->plt0_got1_offset); |
| 5878 | bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, |
| 5879 | (htab->elf.sgotplt->output_section->vma |
| 5880 | + htab->elf.sgotplt->output_offset |
| 5881 | + 8), |
| 5882 | htab->elf.splt->contents |
| 5883 | + abed->plt->plt0_got2_offset); |
| 5884 | |
| 5885 | if (abed->is_vxworks) |
| 5886 | { |
| 5887 | Elf_Internal_Rela rel; |
| 5888 | int num_plts = (htab->elf.splt->size |
| 5889 | / abed->plt->plt_entry_size) - 1; |
| 5890 | unsigned char *p; |
| 5891 | |
| 5892 | /* Generate a relocation for _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ + 4. |
| 5893 | On IA32 we use REL relocations so the addend goes in |
| 5894 | the PLT directly. */ |
| 5895 | rel.r_offset = (htab->elf.splt->output_section->vma |
| 5896 | + htab->elf.splt->output_offset |
| 5897 | + abed->plt->plt0_got1_offset); |
| 5898 | rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->elf.hgot->indx, R_386_32); |
| 5899 | bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &rel, |
| 5900 | htab->srelplt2->contents); |
| 5901 | /* Generate a relocation for _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ + 8. */ |
| 5902 | rel.r_offset = (htab->elf.splt->output_section->vma |
| 5903 | + htab->elf.splt->output_offset |
| 5904 | + abed->plt->plt0_got2_offset); |
| 5905 | rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->elf.hgot->indx, R_386_32); |
| 5906 | bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &rel, |
| 5907 | htab->srelplt2->contents + |
| 5908 | sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel)); |
| 5909 | |
| 5910 | /* Correct the .rel.plt.unloaded relocations. */ |
| 5911 | p = htab->srelplt2->contents; |
| 5912 | if (bfd_link_pic (info)) |
| 5913 | p += PLTRESOLVE_RELOCS_SHLIB * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel); |
| 5914 | else |
| 5915 | p += PLTRESOLVE_RELOCS * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel); |
| 5916 | |
| 5917 | for (; num_plts; num_plts--) |
| 5918 | { |
| 5919 | bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (output_bfd, p, &rel); |
| 5920 | rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->elf.hgot->indx, |
| 5921 | R_386_32); |
| 5922 | bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &rel, p); |
| 5923 | p += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel); |
| 5924 | |
| 5925 | bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (output_bfd, p, &rel); |
| 5926 | rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->elf.hplt->indx, |
| 5927 | R_386_32); |
| 5928 | bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &rel, p); |
| 5929 | p += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel); |
| 5930 | } |
| 5931 | } |
| 5932 | } |
| 5933 | } |
| 5934 | } |
| 5935 | |
| 5936 | if (htab->elf.sgotplt) |
| 5937 | { |
| 5938 | if (bfd_is_abs_section (htab->elf.sgotplt->output_section)) |
| 5939 | { |
| 5940 | _bfd_error_handler |
| 5941 | (_("discarded output section: `%A'"), htab->elf.sgotplt); |
| 5942 | return FALSE; |
| 5943 | } |
| 5944 | |
| 5945 | /* Fill in the first three entries in the global offset table. */ |
| 5946 | if (htab->elf.sgotplt->size > 0) |
| 5947 | { |
| 5948 | bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, |
| 5949 | (sdyn == NULL ? 0 |
| 5950 | : sdyn->output_section->vma + sdyn->output_offset), |
| 5951 | htab->elf.sgotplt->contents); |
| 5952 | bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, 0, htab->elf.sgotplt->contents + 4); |
| 5953 | bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, 0, htab->elf.sgotplt->contents + 8); |
| 5954 | } |
| 5955 | |
| 5956 | elf_section_data (htab->elf.sgotplt->output_section)->this_hdr.sh_entsize = 4; |
| 5957 | } |
| 5958 | |
| 5959 | /* Adjust .eh_frame for .plt section. */ |
| 5960 | if (htab->plt_eh_frame != NULL |
| 5961 | && htab->plt_eh_frame->contents != NULL) |
| 5962 | { |
| 5963 | if (htab->elf.splt != NULL |
| 5964 | && htab->elf.splt->size != 0 |
| 5965 | && (htab->elf.splt->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) == 0 |
| 5966 | && htab->elf.splt->output_section != NULL |
| 5967 | && htab->plt_eh_frame->output_section != NULL) |
| 5968 | { |
| 5969 | bfd_vma plt_start = htab->elf.splt->output_section->vma; |
| 5970 | bfd_vma eh_frame_start = htab->plt_eh_frame->output_section->vma |
| 5971 | + htab->plt_eh_frame->output_offset |
| 5972 | + PLT_FDE_START_OFFSET; |
| 5973 | bfd_put_signed_32 (dynobj, plt_start - eh_frame_start, |
| 5974 | htab->plt_eh_frame->contents |
| 5975 | + PLT_FDE_START_OFFSET); |
| 5976 | } |
| 5977 | if (htab->plt_eh_frame->sec_info_type |
| 5978 | == SEC_INFO_TYPE_EH_FRAME) |
| 5979 | { |
| 5980 | if (! _bfd_elf_write_section_eh_frame (output_bfd, info, |
| 5981 | htab->plt_eh_frame, |
| 5982 | htab->plt_eh_frame->contents)) |
| 5983 | return FALSE; |
| 5984 | } |
| 5985 | } |
| 5986 | |
| 5987 | /* Adjust .eh_frame for .plt.got section. */ |
| 5988 | if (htab->plt_got_eh_frame != NULL |
| 5989 | && htab->plt_got_eh_frame->contents != NULL) |
| 5990 | { |
| 5991 | if (htab->plt_got != NULL |
| 5992 | && htab->plt_got->size != 0 |
| 5993 | && (htab->plt_got->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) == 0 |
| 5994 | && htab->plt_got->output_section != NULL |
| 5995 | && htab->plt_got_eh_frame->output_section != NULL) |
| 5996 | { |
| 5997 | bfd_vma plt_start = htab->plt_got->output_section->vma; |
| 5998 | bfd_vma eh_frame_start = htab->plt_got_eh_frame->output_section->vma |
| 5999 | + htab->plt_got_eh_frame->output_offset |
| 6000 | + PLT_FDE_START_OFFSET; |
| 6001 | bfd_put_signed_32 (dynobj, plt_start - eh_frame_start, |
| 6002 | htab->plt_got_eh_frame->contents |
| 6003 | + PLT_FDE_START_OFFSET); |
| 6004 | } |
| 6005 | if (htab->plt_got_eh_frame->sec_info_type == SEC_INFO_TYPE_EH_FRAME) |
| 6006 | { |
| 6007 | if (! _bfd_elf_write_section_eh_frame (output_bfd, info, |
| 6008 | htab->plt_got_eh_frame, |
| 6009 | htab->plt_got_eh_frame->contents)) |
| 6010 | return FALSE; |
| 6011 | } |
| 6012 | } |
| 6013 | |
| 6014 | if (htab->elf.sgot && htab->elf.sgot->size > 0) |
| 6015 | elf_section_data (htab->elf.sgot->output_section)->this_hdr.sh_entsize = 4; |
| 6016 | |
| 6017 | /* Fill PLT entries for undefined weak symbols in PIE. */ |
| 6018 | if (bfd_link_pie (info)) |
| 6019 | bfd_hash_traverse (&info->hash->table, |
| 6020 | elf_i386_pie_finish_undefweak_symbol, |
| 6021 | info); |
| 6022 | |
| 6023 | return TRUE; |
| 6024 | } |
| 6025 | |
| 6026 | /* Fill PLT/GOT entries and allocate dynamic relocations for local |
| 6027 | STT_GNU_IFUNC symbols, which aren't in the ELF linker hash table. |
| 6028 | It has to be done before elf_link_sort_relocs is called so that |
| 6029 | dynamic relocations are properly sorted. */ |
| 6030 | |
| 6031 | static bfd_boolean |
| 6032 | elf_i386_output_arch_local_syms |
| 6033 | (bfd *output_bfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, |
| 6034 | struct bfd_link_info *info, |
| 6035 | void *flaginfo ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, |
| 6036 | int (*func) (void *, const char *, |
| 6037 | Elf_Internal_Sym *, |
| 6038 | asection *, |
| 6039 | struct elf_link_hash_entry *) ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) |
| 6040 | { |
| 6041 | struct elf_i386_link_hash_table *htab = elf_i386_hash_table (info); |
| 6042 | if (htab == NULL) |
| 6043 | return FALSE; |
| 6044 | |
| 6045 | /* Fill PLT and GOT entries for local STT_GNU_IFUNC symbols. */ |
| 6046 | htab_traverse (htab->loc_hash_table, |
| 6047 | elf_i386_finish_local_dynamic_symbol, |
| 6048 | info); |
| 6049 | |
| 6050 | return TRUE; |
| 6051 | } |
| 6052 | |
| 6053 | /* Return an array of PLT entry symbol values. */ |
| 6054 | |
| 6055 | static bfd_vma * |
| 6056 | elf_i386_get_plt_sym_val (bfd *abfd, asymbol **dynsyms, asection *plt, |
| 6057 | asection *relplt) |
| 6058 | { |
| 6059 | bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs) (bfd *, asection *, asymbol **, bfd_boolean); |
| 6060 | arelent *p; |
| 6061 | long count, i; |
| 6062 | bfd_vma *plt_sym_val; |
| 6063 | bfd_vma plt_offset; |
| 6064 | bfd_byte *plt_contents; |
| 6065 | const struct elf_i386_backend_data *bed |
| 6066 | = get_elf_i386_backend_data (abfd); |
| 6067 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr; |
| 6068 | |
| 6069 | /* Get the .plt section contents. */ |
| 6070 | plt_contents = (bfd_byte *) bfd_malloc (plt->size); |
| 6071 | if (plt_contents == NULL) |
| 6072 | return NULL; |
| 6073 | if (!bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, (asection *) plt, |
| 6074 | plt_contents, 0, plt->size)) |
| 6075 | { |
| 6076 | bad_return: |
| 6077 | free (plt_contents); |
| 6078 | return NULL; |
| 6079 | } |
| 6080 | |
| 6081 | slurp_relocs = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->slurp_reloc_table; |
| 6082 | if (! (*slurp_relocs) (abfd, relplt, dynsyms, TRUE)) |
| 6083 | goto bad_return; |
| 6084 | |
| 6085 | hdr = &elf_section_data (relplt)->this_hdr; |
| 6086 | count = relplt->size / hdr->sh_entsize; |
| 6087 | |
| 6088 | plt_sym_val = (bfd_vma *) bfd_malloc (sizeof (bfd_vma) * count); |
| 6089 | if (plt_sym_val == NULL) |
| 6090 | goto bad_return; |
| 6091 | |
| 6092 | for (i = 0; i < count; i++) |
| 6093 | plt_sym_val[i] = -1; |
| 6094 | |
| 6095 | plt_offset = bed->plt->plt_entry_size; |
| 6096 | p = relplt->relocation; |
| 6097 | for (i = 0; i < count; i++, p++) |
| 6098 | { |
| 6099 | long reloc_index; |
| 6100 | |
| 6101 | /* Skip unknown relocation. PR 17512: file: bc9d6cf5. */ |
| 6102 | if (p->howto == NULL) |
| 6103 | continue; |
| 6104 | |
| 6105 | if (p->howto->type != R_386_JUMP_SLOT |
| 6106 | && p->howto->type != R_386_IRELATIVE) |
| 6107 | continue; |
| 6108 | |
| 6109 | reloc_index = H_GET_32 (abfd, (plt_contents + plt_offset |
| 6110 | + bed->plt->plt_reloc_offset)); |
| 6111 | reloc_index /= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel); |
| 6112 | if (reloc_index < count) |
| 6113 | plt_sym_val[reloc_index] = plt->vma + plt_offset; |
| 6114 | |
| 6115 | plt_offset += bed->plt->plt_entry_size; |
| 6116 | |
| 6117 | /* PR binutils/18437: Skip extra relocations in the .rel.plt |
| 6118 | section. */ |
| 6119 | if (plt_offset >= plt->size) |
| 6120 | break; |
| 6121 | } |
| 6122 | |
| 6123 | free (plt_contents); |
| 6124 | |
| 6125 | return plt_sym_val; |
| 6126 | } |
| 6127 | |
| 6128 | /* Similar to _bfd_elf_get_synthetic_symtab. */ |
| 6129 | |
| 6130 | static long |
| 6131 | elf_i386_get_synthetic_symtab (bfd *abfd, |
| 6132 | long symcount, |
| 6133 | asymbol **syms, |
| 6134 | long dynsymcount, |
| 6135 | asymbol **dynsyms, |
| 6136 | asymbol **ret) |
| 6137 | { |
| 6138 | asection *plt = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".plt"); |
| 6139 | return _bfd_elf_ifunc_get_synthetic_symtab (abfd, symcount, syms, |
| 6140 | dynsymcount, dynsyms, ret, |
| 6141 | plt, |
| 6142 | elf_i386_get_plt_sym_val); |
| 6143 | } |
| 6144 | |
| 6145 | /* Return TRUE if symbol should be hashed in the `.gnu.hash' section. */ |
| 6146 | |
| 6147 | static bfd_boolean |
| 6148 | elf_i386_hash_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h) |
| 6149 | { |
| 6150 | if (h->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1 |
| 6151 | && !h->def_regular |
| 6152 | && !h->pointer_equality_needed) |
| 6153 | return FALSE; |
| 6154 | |
| 6155 | return _bfd_elf_hash_symbol (h); |
| 6156 | } |
| 6157 | |
| 6158 | /* Parse i386 GNU properties. */ |
| 6159 | |
| 6160 | static enum elf_property_kind |
| 6161 | elf_i386_parse_gnu_properties (bfd *abfd, unsigned int type, |
| 6162 | bfd_byte *ptr, unsigned int datasz) |
| 6163 | { |
| 6164 | elf_property *prop; |
| 6165 | |
| 6166 | switch (type) |
| 6167 | { |
| 6168 | case GNU_PROPERTY_X86_ISA_1_USED: |
| 6169 | case GNU_PROPERTY_X86_ISA_1_NEEDED: |
| 6170 | if (datasz != 4) |
| 6171 | { |
| 6172 | _bfd_error_handler |
| 6173 | ((type == GNU_PROPERTY_X86_ISA_1_USED |
| 6174 | ? _("error: %B: <corrupt x86 ISA used size: 0x%x>") |
| 6175 | : _("error: %B: <corrupt x86 ISA needed size: 0x%x>")), |
| 6176 | abfd, datasz); |
| 6177 | return property_corrupt; |
| 6178 | } |
| 6179 | prop = _bfd_elf_get_property (abfd, type, datasz); |
| 6180 | prop->u.number = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, ptr); |
| 6181 | prop->pr_kind = property_number; |
| 6182 | break; |
| 6183 | |
| 6184 | default: |
| 6185 | return property_ignored; |
| 6186 | } |
| 6187 | |
| 6188 | return property_number; |
| 6189 | } |
| 6190 | |
| 6191 | /* Merge i386 GNU property BPROP with APROP. If APROP isn't NULL, |
| 6192 | return TRUE if APROP is updated. Otherwise, return TRUE if BPROP |
| 6193 | should be merged with ABFD. */ |
| 6194 | |
| 6195 | static bfd_boolean |
| 6196 | elf_i386_merge_gnu_properties (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, |
| 6197 | elf_property *aprop, |
| 6198 | elf_property *bprop) |
| 6199 | { |
| 6200 | unsigned int number; |
| 6201 | bfd_boolean updated = FALSE; |
| 6202 | unsigned int pr_type = aprop != NULL ? aprop->pr_type : bprop->pr_type; |
| 6203 | |
| 6204 | switch (pr_type) |
| 6205 | { |
| 6206 | case GNU_PROPERTY_X86_ISA_1_USED: |
| 6207 | case GNU_PROPERTY_X86_ISA_1_NEEDED: |
| 6208 | if (aprop != NULL && bprop != NULL) |
| 6209 | { |
| 6210 | number = aprop->u.number; |
| 6211 | aprop->u.number = number | bprop->u.number; |
| 6212 | updated = number != (unsigned int) aprop->u.number; |
| 6213 | } |
| 6214 | else |
| 6215 | { |
| 6216 | /* Return TRUE if APROP is NULL to indicate that BPROP should |
| 6217 | be added to ABFD. */ |
| 6218 | updated = aprop == NULL; |
| 6219 | } |
| 6220 | break; |
| 6221 | |
| 6222 | default: |
| 6223 | /* Never should happen. */ |
| 6224 | abort (); |
| 6225 | } |
| 6226 | |
| 6227 | return updated; |
| 6228 | } |
| 6229 | |
| 6230 | #define TARGET_LITTLE_SYM i386_elf32_vec |
| 6231 | #define TARGET_LITTLE_NAME "elf32-i386" |
| 6232 | #define ELF_ARCH bfd_arch_i386 |
| 6233 | #define ELF_TARGET_ID I386_ELF_DATA |
| 6234 | #define ELF_MACHINE_CODE EM_386 |
| 6235 | #define ELF_MAXPAGESIZE 0x1000 |
| 6236 | |
| 6237 | #define elf_backend_can_gc_sections 1 |
| 6238 | #define elf_backend_can_refcount 1 |
| 6239 | #define elf_backend_want_got_plt 1 |
| 6240 | #define elf_backend_plt_readonly 1 |
| 6241 | #define elf_backend_want_plt_sym 0 |
| 6242 | #define elf_backend_got_header_size 12 |
| 6243 | #define elf_backend_plt_alignment 4 |
| 6244 | #define elf_backend_dtrel_excludes_plt 1 |
| 6245 | #define elf_backend_extern_protected_data 1 |
| 6246 | #define elf_backend_caches_rawsize 1 |
| 6247 | #define elf_backend_want_dynrelro 1 |
| 6248 | |
| 6249 | /* Support RELA for objdump of prelink objects. */ |
| 6250 | #define elf_info_to_howto elf_i386_info_to_howto_rel |
| 6251 | #define elf_info_to_howto_rel elf_i386_info_to_howto_rel |
| 6252 | |
| 6253 | #define bfd_elf32_mkobject elf_i386_mkobject |
| 6254 | |
| 6255 | #define bfd_elf32_bfd_is_local_label_name elf_i386_is_local_label_name |
| 6256 | #define bfd_elf32_bfd_link_hash_table_create elf_i386_link_hash_table_create |
| 6257 | #define bfd_elf32_bfd_reloc_type_lookup elf_i386_reloc_type_lookup |
| 6258 | #define bfd_elf32_bfd_reloc_name_lookup elf_i386_reloc_name_lookup |
| 6259 | #define bfd_elf32_get_synthetic_symtab elf_i386_get_synthetic_symtab |
| 6260 | |
| 6261 | #define elf_backend_adjust_dynamic_symbol elf_i386_adjust_dynamic_symbol |
| 6262 | #define elf_backend_relocs_compatible _bfd_elf_relocs_compatible |
| 6263 | #define elf_backend_check_relocs elf_i386_check_relocs |
| 6264 | #define elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol elf_i386_copy_indirect_symbol |
| 6265 | #define elf_backend_create_dynamic_sections elf_i386_create_dynamic_sections |
| 6266 | #define elf_backend_fake_sections elf_i386_fake_sections |
| 6267 | #define elf_backend_finish_dynamic_sections elf_i386_finish_dynamic_sections |
| 6268 | #define elf_backend_finish_dynamic_symbol elf_i386_finish_dynamic_symbol |
| 6269 | #define elf_backend_output_arch_local_syms elf_i386_output_arch_local_syms |
| 6270 | #define elf_backend_gc_mark_hook elf_i386_gc_mark_hook |
| 6271 | #define elf_backend_grok_prstatus elf_i386_grok_prstatus |
| 6272 | #define elf_backend_grok_psinfo elf_i386_grok_psinfo |
| 6273 | #define elf_backend_reloc_type_class elf_i386_reloc_type_class |
| 6274 | #define elf_backend_relocate_section elf_i386_relocate_section |
| 6275 | #define elf_backend_size_dynamic_sections elf_i386_size_dynamic_sections |
| 6276 | #define elf_backend_always_size_sections elf_i386_always_size_sections |
| 6277 | #define elf_backend_omit_section_dynsym \ |
| 6278 | ((bfd_boolean (*) (bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *, asection *)) bfd_true) |
| 6279 | #define elf_backend_hash_symbol elf_i386_hash_symbol |
| 6280 | #define elf_backend_fixup_symbol elf_i386_fixup_symbol |
| 6281 | #define elf_backend_parse_gnu_properties elf_i386_parse_gnu_properties |
| 6282 | #define elf_backend_merge_gnu_properties elf_i386_merge_gnu_properties |
| 6283 | |
| 6284 | #include "elf32-target.h" |
| 6285 | |
| 6286 | /* FreeBSD support. */ |
| 6287 | |
| 6288 | #undef TARGET_LITTLE_SYM |
| 6289 | #define TARGET_LITTLE_SYM i386_elf32_fbsd_vec |
| 6290 | #undef TARGET_LITTLE_NAME |
| 6291 | #define TARGET_LITTLE_NAME "elf32-i386-freebsd" |
| 6292 | #undef ELF_OSABI |
| 6293 | #define ELF_OSABI ELFOSABI_FREEBSD |
| 6294 | |
| 6295 | /* The kernel recognizes executables as valid only if they carry a |
| 6296 | "FreeBSD" label in the ELF header. So we put this label on all |
| 6297 | executables and (for simplicity) also all other object files. */ |
| 6298 | |
| 6299 | static void |
| 6300 | elf_i386_fbsd_post_process_headers (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info) |
| 6301 | { |
| 6302 | _bfd_elf_post_process_headers (abfd, info); |
| 6303 | |
| 6304 | #ifdef OLD_FREEBSD_ABI_LABEL |
| 6305 | { |
| 6306 | /* The ABI label supported by FreeBSD <= 4.0 is quite nonstandard. */ |
| 6307 | Elf_Internal_Ehdr *i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd); |
| 6308 | memcpy (&i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_ABIVERSION], "FreeBSD", 8); |
| 6309 | } |
| 6310 | #endif |
| 6311 | } |
| 6312 | |
| 6313 | #undef elf_backend_post_process_headers |
| 6314 | #define elf_backend_post_process_headers elf_i386_fbsd_post_process_headers |
| 6315 | #undef elf32_bed |
| 6316 | #define elf32_bed elf32_i386_fbsd_bed |
| 6317 | |
| 6318 | #undef elf_backend_add_symbol_hook |
| 6319 | |
| 6320 | #include "elf32-target.h" |
| 6321 | |
| 6322 | /* Solaris 2. */ |
| 6323 | |
| 6324 | #undef TARGET_LITTLE_SYM |
| 6325 | #define TARGET_LITTLE_SYM i386_elf32_sol2_vec |
| 6326 | #undef TARGET_LITTLE_NAME |
| 6327 | #define TARGET_LITTLE_NAME "elf32-i386-sol2" |
| 6328 | |
| 6329 | #undef elf_backend_post_process_headers |
| 6330 | |
| 6331 | /* Restore default: we cannot use ELFOSABI_SOLARIS, otherwise ELFOSABI_NONE |
| 6332 | objects won't be recognized. */ |
| 6333 | #undef ELF_OSABI |
| 6334 | |
| 6335 | #undef elf32_bed |
| 6336 | #define elf32_bed elf32_i386_sol2_bed |
| 6337 | |
| 6338 | /* The 32-bit static TLS arena size is rounded to the nearest 8-byte |
| 6339 | boundary. */ |
| 6340 | #undef elf_backend_static_tls_alignment |
| 6341 | #define elf_backend_static_tls_alignment 8 |
| 6342 | |
| 6343 | /* The Solaris 2 ABI requires a plt symbol on all platforms. |
| 6344 | |
| 6345 | Cf. Linker and Libraries Guide, Ch. 2, Link-Editor, Generating the Output |
| 6346 | File, p.63. */ |
| 6347 | #undef elf_backend_want_plt_sym |
| 6348 | #define elf_backend_want_plt_sym 1 |
| 6349 | |
| 6350 | #undef elf_backend_strtab_flags |
| 6351 | #define elf_backend_strtab_flags SHF_STRINGS |
| 6352 | |
| 6353 | /* Called to set the sh_flags, sh_link and sh_info fields of OSECTION which |
| 6354 | has a type >= SHT_LOOS. Returns TRUE if these fields were initialised |
| 6355 | FALSE otherwise. ISECTION is the best guess matching section from the |
| 6356 | input bfd IBFD, but it might be NULL. */ |
| 6357 | |
| 6358 | static bfd_boolean |
| 6359 | elf32_i386_copy_solaris_special_section_fields (const bfd *ibfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, |
| 6360 | bfd *obfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, |
| 6361 | const Elf_Internal_Shdr *isection ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, |
| 6362 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *osection ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) |
| 6363 | { |
| 6364 | /* PR 19938: FIXME: Need to add code for setting the sh_info |
| 6365 | and sh_link fields of Solaris specific section types. */ |
| 6366 | return FALSE; |
| 6367 | |
| 6368 | /* Based upon Oracle Solaris 11.3 Linkers and Libraries Guide, Ch. 13, |
| 6369 | Object File Format, Table 13-9 ELF sh_link and sh_info Interpretation: |
| 6370 | |
| 6371 | http://docs.oracle.com/cd/E53394_01/html/E54813/chapter6-94076.html#scrolltoc |
| 6372 | |
| 6373 | The following values should be set: |
| 6374 | |
| 6375 | Type Link Info |
| 6376 | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 6377 | SHT_SUNW_ancillary The section header index of 0 |
| 6378 | [0x6fffffee] the associated string table. |
| 6379 | |
| 6380 | SHT_SUNW_capinfo The section header index of For a dynamic object, the |
| 6381 | [0x6ffffff0] the associated symbol table. section header index of |
| 6382 | the associated |
| 6383 | SHT_SUNW_capchain table, |
| 6384 | otherwise 0. |
| 6385 | |
| 6386 | SHT_SUNW_symsort The section header index of 0 |
| 6387 | [0x6ffffff1] the associated symbol table. |
| 6388 | |
| 6389 | SHT_SUNW_tlssort The section header index of 0 |
| 6390 | [0x6ffffff2] the associated symbol table. |
| 6391 | |
| 6392 | SHT_SUNW_LDYNSYM The section header index of One greater than the |
| 6393 | [0x6ffffff3] the associated string table. symbol table index of the |
| 6394 | This index is the same string last local symbol, |
| 6395 | table used by the SHT_DYNSYM STB_LOCAL. Since |
| 6396 | section. SHT_SUNW_LDYNSYM only |
| 6397 | contains local symbols, |
| 6398 | sh_info is equivalent to |
| 6399 | the number of symbols in |
| 6400 | the table. |
| 6401 | |
| 6402 | SHT_SUNW_cap If symbol capabilities exist, If any capabilities refer |
| 6403 | [0x6ffffff5] the section header index of to named strings, the |
| 6404 | the associated section header index of |
| 6405 | SHT_SUNW_capinfo table, the associated string |
| 6406 | otherwise 0. table, otherwise 0. |
| 6407 | |
| 6408 | SHT_SUNW_move The section header index of 0 |
| 6409 | [0x6ffffffa] the associated symbol table. |
| 6410 | |
| 6411 | SHT_SUNW_COMDAT 0 0 |
| 6412 | [0x6ffffffb] |
| 6413 | |
| 6414 | SHT_SUNW_syminfo The section header index of The section header index |
| 6415 | [0x6ffffffc] the associated symbol table. of the associated |
| 6416 | .dynamic section. |
| 6417 | |
| 6418 | SHT_SUNW_verdef The section header index of The number of version |
| 6419 | [0x6ffffffd] the associated string table. definitions within the |
| 6420 | section. |
| 6421 | |
| 6422 | SHT_SUNW_verneed The section header index of The number of version |
| 6423 | [0x6ffffffe] the associated string table. dependencies within the |
| 6424 | section. |
| 6425 | |
| 6426 | SHT_SUNW_versym The section header index of 0 |
| 6427 | [0x6fffffff] the associated symbol table. */ |
| 6428 | } |
| 6429 | |
| 6430 | #undef elf_backend_copy_special_section_fields |
| 6431 | #define elf_backend_copy_special_section_fields elf32_i386_copy_solaris_special_section_fields |
| 6432 | |
| 6433 | #include "elf32-target.h" |
| 6434 | |
| 6435 | /* Intel MCU support. */ |
| 6436 | |
| 6437 | static bfd_boolean |
| 6438 | elf32_iamcu_elf_object_p (bfd *abfd) |
| 6439 | { |
| 6440 | /* Set the right machine number for an IAMCU elf32 file. */ |
| 6441 | bfd_default_set_arch_mach (abfd, bfd_arch_iamcu, bfd_mach_i386_iamcu); |
| 6442 | return TRUE; |
| 6443 | } |
| 6444 | |
| 6445 | #undef TARGET_LITTLE_SYM |
| 6446 | #define TARGET_LITTLE_SYM iamcu_elf32_vec |
| 6447 | #undef TARGET_LITTLE_NAME |
| 6448 | #define TARGET_LITTLE_NAME "elf32-iamcu" |
| 6449 | #undef ELF_ARCH |
| 6450 | #define ELF_ARCH bfd_arch_iamcu |
| 6451 | |
| 6452 | #undef ELF_MACHINE_CODE |
| 6453 | #define ELF_MACHINE_CODE EM_IAMCU |
| 6454 | |
| 6455 | #undef ELF_OSABI |
| 6456 | |
| 6457 | #undef elf32_bed |
| 6458 | #define elf32_bed elf32_iamcu_bed |
| 6459 | |
| 6460 | #undef elf_backend_object_p |
| 6461 | #define elf_backend_object_p elf32_iamcu_elf_object_p |
| 6462 | |
| 6463 | #undef elf_backend_static_tls_alignment |
| 6464 | |
| 6465 | #undef elf_backend_want_plt_sym |
| 6466 | #define elf_backend_want_plt_sym 0 |
| 6467 | |
| 6468 | #undef elf_backend_strtab_flags |
| 6469 | #undef elf_backend_copy_special_section_fields |
| 6470 | |
| 6471 | #include "elf32-target.h" |
| 6472 | |
| 6473 | /* Restore defaults. */ |
| 6474 | #undef ELF_ARCH |
| 6475 | #define ELF_ARCH bfd_arch_i386 |
| 6476 | #undef ELF_MACHINE_CODE |
| 6477 | #define ELF_MACHINE_CODE EM_386 |
| 6478 | |
| 6479 | /* Native Client support. */ |
| 6480 | |
| 6481 | #undef TARGET_LITTLE_SYM |
| 6482 | #define TARGET_LITTLE_SYM i386_elf32_nacl_vec |
| 6483 | #undef TARGET_LITTLE_NAME |
| 6484 | #define TARGET_LITTLE_NAME "elf32-i386-nacl" |
| 6485 | #undef elf32_bed |
| 6486 | #define elf32_bed elf32_i386_nacl_bed |
| 6487 | |
| 6488 | #undef ELF_MAXPAGESIZE |
| 6489 | #define ELF_MAXPAGESIZE 0x10000 |
| 6490 | |
| 6491 | /* Restore defaults. */ |
| 6492 | #undef ELF_OSABI |
| 6493 | #undef elf_backend_want_plt_sym |
| 6494 | #define elf_backend_want_plt_sym 0 |
| 6495 | #undef elf_backend_post_process_headers |
| 6496 | #undef elf_backend_static_tls_alignment |
| 6497 | |
| 6498 | /* NaCl uses substantially different PLT entries for the same effects. */ |
| 6499 | |
| 6500 | #undef elf_backend_plt_alignment |
| 6501 | #define elf_backend_plt_alignment 5 |
| 6502 | #define NACL_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE 64 |
| 6503 | #define NACLMASK 0xe0 /* 32-byte alignment mask. */ |
| 6504 | |
| 6505 | static const bfd_byte elf_i386_nacl_plt0_entry[] = |
| 6506 | { |
| 6507 | 0xff, 0x35, /* pushl contents of address */ |
| 6508 | 0, 0, 0, 0, /* replaced with address of .got + 4. */ |
| 6509 | 0x8b, 0x0d, /* movl contents of address, %ecx */ |
| 6510 | 0, 0, 0, 0, /* replaced with address of .got + 8. */ |
| 6511 | 0x83, 0xe1, NACLMASK, /* andl $NACLMASK, %ecx */ |
| 6512 | 0xff, 0xe1 /* jmp *%ecx */ |
| 6513 | }; |
| 6514 | |
| 6515 | static const bfd_byte elf_i386_nacl_plt_entry[NACL_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] = |
| 6516 | { |
| 6517 | 0x8b, 0x0d, /* movl contents of address, %ecx */ |
| 6518 | 0, 0, 0, 0, /* replaced with GOT slot address. */ |
| 6519 | 0x83, 0xe1, NACLMASK, /* andl $NACLMASK, %ecx */ |
| 6520 | 0xff, 0xe1, /* jmp *%ecx */ |
| 6521 | |
| 6522 | /* Pad to the next 32-byte boundary with nop instructions. */ |
| 6523 | 0x90, |
| 6524 | 0x90, 0x90, 0x90, 0x90, 0x90, 0x90, 0x90, 0x90, 0x90, 0x90, |
| 6525 | 0x90, 0x90, 0x90, 0x90, 0x90, 0x90, 0x90, 0x90, 0x90, 0x90, |
| 6526 | |
| 6527 | /* Lazy GOT entries point here (32-byte aligned). */ |
| 6528 | 0x68, /* pushl immediate */ |
| 6529 | 0, 0, 0, 0, /* replaced with reloc offset. */ |
| 6530 | 0xe9, /* jmp relative */ |
| 6531 | 0, 0, 0, 0, /* replaced with offset to .plt. */ |
| 6532 | |
| 6533 | /* Pad to the next 32-byte boundary with nop instructions. */ |
| 6534 | 0x90, 0x90, 0x90, 0x90, 0x90, 0x90, 0x90, 0x90, 0x90, 0x90, |
| 6535 | 0x90, 0x90, 0x90, 0x90, 0x90, 0x90, 0x90, 0x90, 0x90, 0x90, |
| 6536 | 0x90, 0x90 |
| 6537 | }; |
| 6538 | |
| 6539 | static const bfd_byte |
| 6540 | elf_i386_nacl_pic_plt0_entry[sizeof (elf_i386_nacl_plt0_entry)] = |
| 6541 | { |
| 6542 | 0xff, 0x73, 0x04, /* pushl 4(%ebx) */ |
| 6543 | 0x8b, 0x4b, 0x08, /* mov 0x8(%ebx), %ecx */ |
| 6544 | 0x83, 0xe1, 0xe0, /* and $NACLMASK, %ecx */ |
| 6545 | 0xff, 0xe1, /* jmp *%ecx */ |
| 6546 | |
| 6547 | /* This is expected to be the same size as elf_i386_nacl_plt0_entry, |
| 6548 | so pad to that size with nop instructions. */ |
| 6549 | 0x90, 0x90, 0x90, 0x90, 0x90, 0x90 |
| 6550 | }; |
| 6551 | |
| 6552 | static const bfd_byte elf_i386_nacl_pic_plt_entry[NACL_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] = |
| 6553 | { |
| 6554 | 0x8b, 0x8b, /* movl offset(%ebx), %ecx */ |
| 6555 | 0, 0, 0, 0, /* replaced with offset of this symbol in .got. */ |
| 6556 | 0x83, 0xe1, 0xe0, /* andl $NACLMASK, %ecx */ |
| 6557 | 0xff, 0xe1, /* jmp *%ecx */ |
| 6558 | |
| 6559 | /* Pad to the next 32-byte boundary with nop instructions. */ |
| 6560 | 0x90, |
| 6561 | 0x90, 0x90, 0x90, 0x90, 0x90, 0x90, 0x90, 0x90, 0x90, 0x90, |
| 6562 | 0x90, 0x90, 0x90, 0x90, 0x90, 0x90, 0x90, 0x90, 0x90, 0x90, |
| 6563 | |
| 6564 | /* Lazy GOT entries point here (32-byte aligned). */ |
| 6565 | 0x68, /* pushl immediate */ |
| 6566 | 0, 0, 0, 0, /* replaced with offset into relocation table. */ |
| 6567 | 0xe9, /* jmp relative */ |
| 6568 | 0, 0, 0, 0, /* replaced with offset to start of .plt. */ |
| 6569 | |
| 6570 | /* Pad to the next 32-byte boundary with nop instructions. */ |
| 6571 | 0x90, 0x90, 0x90, 0x90, 0x90, 0x90, 0x90, 0x90, 0x90, 0x90, |
| 6572 | 0x90, 0x90, 0x90, 0x90, 0x90, 0x90, 0x90, 0x90, 0x90, 0x90, |
| 6573 | 0x90, 0x90 |
| 6574 | }; |
| 6575 | |
| 6576 | static const bfd_byte elf_i386_nacl_eh_frame_plt[] = |
| 6577 | { |
| 6578 | #if (PLT_CIE_LENGTH != 20 \ |
| 6579 | || PLT_FDE_LENGTH != 36 \ |
| 6580 | || PLT_FDE_START_OFFSET != 4 + PLT_CIE_LENGTH + 8 \ |
| 6581 | || PLT_FDE_LEN_OFFSET != 4 + PLT_CIE_LENGTH + 12) |
| 6582 | # error "Need elf_i386_backend_data parameters for eh_frame_plt offsets!" |
| 6583 | #endif |
| 6584 | PLT_CIE_LENGTH, 0, 0, 0, /* CIE length */ |
| 6585 | 0, 0, 0, 0, /* CIE ID */ |
| 6586 | 1, /* CIE version */ |
| 6587 | 'z', 'R', 0, /* Augmentation string */ |
| 6588 | 1, /* Code alignment factor */ |
| 6589 | 0x7c, /* Data alignment factor: -4 */ |
| 6590 | 8, /* Return address column */ |
| 6591 | 1, /* Augmentation size */ |
| 6592 | DW_EH_PE_pcrel | DW_EH_PE_sdata4, /* FDE encoding */ |
| 6593 | DW_CFA_def_cfa, 4, 4, /* DW_CFA_def_cfa: r4 (esp) ofs 4 */ |
| 6594 | DW_CFA_offset + 8, 1, /* DW_CFA_offset: r8 (eip) at cfa-4 */ |
| 6595 | DW_CFA_nop, DW_CFA_nop, |
| 6596 | |
| 6597 | PLT_FDE_LENGTH, 0, 0, 0, /* FDE length */ |
| 6598 | PLT_CIE_LENGTH + 8, 0, 0, 0, /* CIE pointer */ |
| 6599 | 0, 0, 0, 0, /* R_386_PC32 .plt goes here */ |
| 6600 | 0, 0, 0, 0, /* .plt size goes here */ |
| 6601 | 0, /* Augmentation size */ |
| 6602 | DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset, 8, /* DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset: 8 */ |
| 6603 | DW_CFA_advance_loc + 6, /* DW_CFA_advance_loc: 6 to __PLT__+6 */ |
| 6604 | DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset, 12, /* DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset: 12 */ |
| 6605 | DW_CFA_advance_loc + 58, /* DW_CFA_advance_loc: 58 to __PLT__+64 */ |
| 6606 | DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression, /* DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression */ |
| 6607 | 13, /* Block length */ |
| 6608 | DW_OP_breg4, 4, /* DW_OP_breg4 (esp): 4 */ |
| 6609 | DW_OP_breg8, 0, /* DW_OP_breg8 (eip): 0 */ |
| 6610 | DW_OP_const1u, 63, DW_OP_and, DW_OP_const1u, 37, DW_OP_ge, |
| 6611 | DW_OP_lit2, DW_OP_shl, DW_OP_plus, |
| 6612 | DW_CFA_nop, DW_CFA_nop |
| 6613 | }; |
| 6614 | |
| 6615 | static const struct elf_i386_plt_layout elf_i386_nacl_plt = |
| 6616 | { |
| 6617 | elf_i386_nacl_plt0_entry, /* plt0_entry */ |
| 6618 | sizeof (elf_i386_nacl_plt0_entry), /* plt0_entry_size */ |
| 6619 | 2, /* plt0_got1_offset */ |
| 6620 | 8, /* plt0_got2_offset */ |
| 6621 | elf_i386_nacl_plt_entry, /* plt_entry */ |
| 6622 | NACL_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE, /* plt_entry_size */ |
| 6623 | 2, /* plt_got_offset */ |
| 6624 | 33, /* plt_reloc_offset */ |
| 6625 | 38, /* plt_plt_offset */ |
| 6626 | 32, /* plt_lazy_offset */ |
| 6627 | elf_i386_nacl_pic_plt0_entry, /* pic_plt0_entry */ |
| 6628 | elf_i386_nacl_pic_plt_entry, /* pic_plt_entry */ |
| 6629 | elf_i386_nacl_eh_frame_plt, /* eh_frame_plt */ |
| 6630 | sizeof (elf_i386_nacl_eh_frame_plt),/* eh_frame_plt_size */ |
| 6631 | NULL, /* eh_frame_plt_got */ |
| 6632 | 0, /* eh_frame_plt_got_size */ |
| 6633 | }; |
| 6634 | |
| 6635 | static const struct elf_i386_backend_data elf_i386_nacl_arch_bed = |
| 6636 | { |
| 6637 | &elf_i386_nacl_plt, /* plt */ |
| 6638 | 0x90, /* plt0_pad_byte: nop insn */ |
| 6639 | 0, /* is_vxworks */ |
| 6640 | }; |
| 6641 | |
| 6642 | static bfd_boolean |
| 6643 | elf32_i386_nacl_elf_object_p (bfd *abfd) |
| 6644 | { |
| 6645 | /* Set the right machine number for a NaCl i386 ELF32 file. */ |
| 6646 | bfd_default_set_arch_mach (abfd, bfd_arch_i386, bfd_mach_i386_i386_nacl); |
| 6647 | return TRUE; |
| 6648 | } |
| 6649 | |
| 6650 | #undef elf_backend_arch_data |
| 6651 | #define elf_backend_arch_data &elf_i386_nacl_arch_bed |
| 6652 | |
| 6653 | #undef elf_backend_object_p |
| 6654 | #define elf_backend_object_p elf32_i386_nacl_elf_object_p |
| 6655 | #undef elf_backend_modify_segment_map |
| 6656 | #define elf_backend_modify_segment_map nacl_modify_segment_map |
| 6657 | #undef elf_backend_modify_program_headers |
| 6658 | #define elf_backend_modify_program_headers nacl_modify_program_headers |
| 6659 | #undef elf_backend_final_write_processing |
| 6660 | #define elf_backend_final_write_processing nacl_final_write_processing |
| 6661 | |
| 6662 | #include "elf32-target.h" |
| 6663 | |
| 6664 | /* Restore defaults. */ |
| 6665 | #undef elf_backend_object_p |
| 6666 | #undef elf_backend_modify_segment_map |
| 6667 | #undef elf_backend_modify_program_headers |
| 6668 | #undef elf_backend_final_write_processing |
| 6669 | |
| 6670 | /* VxWorks support. */ |
| 6671 | |
| 6672 | #undef TARGET_LITTLE_SYM |
| 6673 | #define TARGET_LITTLE_SYM i386_elf32_vxworks_vec |
| 6674 | #undef TARGET_LITTLE_NAME |
| 6675 | #define TARGET_LITTLE_NAME "elf32-i386-vxworks" |
| 6676 | #undef ELF_OSABI |
| 6677 | #undef ELF_MAXPAGESIZE |
| 6678 | #define ELF_MAXPAGESIZE 0x1000 |
| 6679 | #undef elf_backend_plt_alignment |
| 6680 | #define elf_backend_plt_alignment 4 |
| 6681 | |
| 6682 | static const struct elf_i386_backend_data elf_i386_vxworks_arch_bed = |
| 6683 | { |
| 6684 | &elf_i386_plt, /* plt */ |
| 6685 | 0x90, /* plt0_pad_byte */ |
| 6686 | 1, /* is_vxworks */ |
| 6687 | }; |
| 6688 | |
| 6689 | #undef elf_backend_arch_data |
| 6690 | #define elf_backend_arch_data &elf_i386_vxworks_arch_bed |
| 6691 | |
| 6692 | #undef elf_backend_relocs_compatible |
| 6693 | #undef elf_backend_add_symbol_hook |
| 6694 | #define elf_backend_add_symbol_hook \ |
| 6695 | elf_vxworks_add_symbol_hook |
| 6696 | #undef elf_backend_link_output_symbol_hook |
| 6697 | #define elf_backend_link_output_symbol_hook \ |
| 6698 | elf_vxworks_link_output_symbol_hook |
| 6699 | #undef elf_backend_emit_relocs |
| 6700 | #define elf_backend_emit_relocs elf_vxworks_emit_relocs |
| 6701 | #undef elf_backend_final_write_processing |
| 6702 | #define elf_backend_final_write_processing \ |
| 6703 | elf_vxworks_final_write_processing |
| 6704 | #undef elf_backend_static_tls_alignment |
| 6705 | |
| 6706 | /* On VxWorks, we emit relocations against _PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_, so |
| 6707 | define it. */ |
| 6708 | #undef elf_backend_want_plt_sym |
| 6709 | #define elf_backend_want_plt_sym 1 |
| 6710 | |
| 6711 | #undef elf32_bed |
| 6712 | #define elf32_bed elf32_i386_vxworks_bed |
| 6713 | |
| 6714 | #include "elf32-target.h" |